]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/gcc.git/blob - gcc/target.def
Update copyright years.
[thirdparty/gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2021 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
55 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PSI_OP\n\
56 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
57 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PDI_OP\n\
58 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
59 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_PTI_OP\n\
60 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
61 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
62 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
63 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
64 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
65 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
66 \n\
67 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
68 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
69 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
70 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
71 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
72 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
73
74 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
75 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
76 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
77 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
78 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
79 DEFHOOK
80 (integer,
81 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
82 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
83 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
84 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
85 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
86 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
87 \n\
88 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
89 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
90 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
91 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
92 NULL. */
93 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
94 default_assemble_integer)
95
96 /* Assembly strings required after the .cfi_startproc label. */
97 DEFHOOK
98 (post_cfi_startproc,
99 "This target hook is used to emit assembly strings required by the target\n\
100 after the .cfi_startproc directive. The first argument is the file stream to\n\
101 write the strings to and the second argument is the function\'s declaration. The\n\
102 expected use is to add more .cfi_* directives.\n\
103 \n\
104 The default is to not output any assembly strings.",
105 void, (FILE *, tree),
106 hook_void_FILEptr_tree)
107
108 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
109 decl. */
110 DEFHOOK
111 (decl_end,
112 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
113 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
114 void, (void),
115 hook_void_void)
116
117 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
118 DEFHOOK
119 (globalize_label,
120 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
121 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
122 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
123 \n\
124 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
125 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
126 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
127 default_globalize_label)
128
129 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
130 DEFHOOK
131 (globalize_decl_name,
132 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
133 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
134 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
135 \n\
136 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
137 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
138
139 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (assemble_undefined_decl,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
144 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
145 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
146 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
147 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
148
149 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
150 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
151 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
152 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
153 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
154 DEFHOOK
155 (emit_unwind_label,
156 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
157 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
158 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
159 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
160 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
161 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
162 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
163 \n\
164 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
165 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
166 default_emit_unwind_label)
167
168 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
169 DEFHOOK
170 (emit_except_table_label,
171 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
172 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
173 to be broken up according to function.\n\
174 \n\
175 The default is that no label is emitted.",
176 void, (FILE *stream),
177 default_emit_except_table_label)
178
179 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
180 DEFHOOK
181 (emit_except_personality,
182 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
183 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
184 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
185 void, (rtx personality),
186 NULL)
187
188 /* If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle
189 indirection. This is used when the assembler supports CFI directives. */
190 DEFHOOK
191 (make_eh_symbol_indirect,
192 "If necessary, modify personality and LSDA references to handle indirection.\
193 The original symbol is in @code{origsymbol} and if @code{pubvis} is true\
194 the symbol is visible outside the TU.",
195 rtx, (rtx origsymbol, bool pubvis),
196 NULL)
197
198 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
199 DEFHOOK
200 (unwind_emit,
201 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
202 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
203 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
204 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
205 NULL)
206
207 DEFHOOKPOD
208 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
209 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
210 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
211 be called afterward.",
212 bool, true)
213
214 /* Generate an internal label.
215 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
216 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
217 (generate_internal_label,
218 "",
219 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
220 default_generate_internal_label)
221
222 /* Output an internal label. */
223 DEFHOOK
224 (internal_label,
225 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
226 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
227 \n\
228 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
229 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
230 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
231 \n\
232 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
233 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
234 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
235 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
236 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
237 \n\
238 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
239 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
240 default_internal_label)
241
242 /* Output label for the constant. */
243 DEFHOOK
244 (declare_constant_name,
245 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
246 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
247 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
248 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
249 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
250 will be an internal label.\n\
251 \n\
252 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
253 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
254 \n\
255 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
256 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
257 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
258
259 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
260 DEFHOOK
261 (ttype,
262 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
263 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
264 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
265 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
266 bool, (rtx sym),
267 hook_bool_rtx_false)
268
269 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
270 associated with the tree decl. */
271 DEFHOOK
272 (assemble_visibility,
273 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
274 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
275 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
276 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
277 default_assemble_visibility)
278
279 DEFHOOK
280 (print_patchable_function_entry,
281 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
282 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
283 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
284 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
285 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
286 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
287 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
288 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
289
290 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
291 DEFHOOK
292 (function_prologue,
293 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
294 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
295 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
296 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
297 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
298 code should be output.\n\
299 \n\
300 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
301 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
302 \n\
303 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
304 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
305 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
306 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
307 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
308 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
309 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
310 \n\
311 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
312 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
313 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
314 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
315 registers are used in the function.\n\
316 \n\
317 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
318 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
319 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
320 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
321 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
322 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
323 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
324 \n\
325 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
326 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
327 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
328 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
329 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
330 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
331 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
332 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
333 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
334 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
335 void, (FILE *file),
336 default_function_pro_epilogue)
337
338 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
339 DEFHOOK
340 (function_end_prologue,
341 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
342 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
343 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
344 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
345 void, (FILE *file),
346 no_asm_to_stream)
347
348 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
349 DEFHOOK
350 (function_begin_epilogue,
351 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
352 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
353 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
354 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
355 void, (FILE *file),
356 no_asm_to_stream)
357
358 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
359 DEFHOOK
360 (function_epilogue,
361 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
362 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
363 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
364 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
365 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
366 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
367 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
368 \n\
369 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
370 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
371 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
372 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
373 \n\
374 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
375 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
376 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
377 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
378 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
379 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
380 \n\
381 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
382 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
383 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
384 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
385 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
386 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
387 \n\
388 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
389 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
390 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
391 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
392 \n\
393 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
394 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
395 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
396 number of arguments.\n\
397 \n\
398 @findex pops_args\n\
399 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
400 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
401 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
402 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
403 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
404 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
405 void, (FILE *file),
406 default_function_pro_epilogue)
407
408 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
409 DEFHOOK
410 (init_sections,
411 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
412 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
413 of its own that you need to create.\n\
414 \n\
415 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
416 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
417 described below.",
418 void, (void),
419 hook_void_void)
420
421 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
422 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
423 which this section is associated. */
424 DEFHOOK
425 (named_section,
426 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
427 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
428 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
429 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
430 this section is associated.",
431 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
432 default_no_named_section)
433
434 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
435 declaration, using their numerical value. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (elf_flags_numeric,
438 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
439 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
440 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
441 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
442 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
443 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
444 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
445 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
446 is emitted.",
447 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
448 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
449
450 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
451 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
452 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
453 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
454 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
455 (from static destructors).
456 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
457 DEFHOOK
458 (function_section,
459 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
460 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
461 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
462 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
463 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
464 (from static destructors).\n\
465 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
466 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
467 default_function_section)
468
469 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
470 DEFHOOK
471 (function_switched_text_sections,
472 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
473 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
474 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
475 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
476 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
477 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
478 default_function_switched_text_sections)
479
480 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
481 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
482 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
483 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
484 DEFHOOK
485 (reloc_rw_mask,
486 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
487 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
488 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
489 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
490 \n\
491 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
492 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
493 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
494 in read-only sections even in executables.",
495 int, (void),
496 default_reloc_rw_mask)
497
498 /* Return a flag for either generating ADDR_DIF_VEC table
499 or ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC/-fPIE. */
500 DEFHOOK
501 (generate_pic_addr_diff_vec,
502 "Return true to generate ADDR_DIF_VEC table\n\
503 or false to generate ADDR_VEC table for jumps in case of -fPIC.\n\
504 \n\
505 The default version of this function returns true if flag_pic\n\
506 equals true and false otherwise",
507 bool, (void),
508 default_generate_pic_addr_diff_vec)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522 \n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525 \n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
539 \n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554 \n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562 /* Return the readonly data or relocated readonly data section
563 associated with function DECL. */
564 DEFHOOK
565 (function_rodata_section,
566 "Return the readonly data or reloc readonly data section associated with\n\
567 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}. @var{relocatable} selects the latter\n\
568 over the former.\n\
569 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
570 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
571 or @code{.data.rel.ro.name} if function is in @code{.text.name}, and\n\
572 the normal readonly-data or reloc readonly data section otherwise.",
573 section *, (tree decl, bool relocatable),
574 default_function_rodata_section)
575
576 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
577 for mergeable data sections. */
578 DEFHOOKPOD
579 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
580 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
581 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
582 the string if a different section name should be used.",
583 const char *, ".rodata")
584
585 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
586 DEFHOOK
587 (tm_clone_table_section,
588 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
589 tables.",
590 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
591
592 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
593 DEFHOOK
594 (constructor,
595 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
596 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
597 \n\
598 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
599 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
600 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
601 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
602 \n\
603 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
604 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
605 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
606 is not defined.",
607 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
608
609 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
610 DEFHOOK
611 (destructor,
612 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
613 functions rather than initialization functions.",
614 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
615
616 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
617 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
618 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
619 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
620 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
621 DEFHOOK
622 (output_mi_thunk,
623 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
624 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
625 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
626 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
627 the real function.\n\
628 \n\
629 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
630 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
631 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
632 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
633 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
634 all other incoming arguments.\n\
635 \n\
636 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
637 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
638 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
639 \n\
640 @smallexample\n\
641 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
642 @end smallexample\n\
643 \n\
644 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
645 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
646 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
647 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
648 \n\
649 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
650 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
651 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
652 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
653 \n\
654 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
655 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
656 some targets, but probably not.\n\
657 \n\
658 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
659 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
660 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
661 not support varargs.",
662 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
663 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
664 NULL)
665
666 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
667 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
668 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
669 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
670 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
671 text to the output file. */
672 DEFHOOK
673 (can_output_mi_thunk,
674 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
675 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
676 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
677 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
678 previously exposed.",
679 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
680 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
681 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
682
683 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
684 translation unit. */
685 DEFHOOK
686 (file_start,
687 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
688 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
689 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
690 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
691 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
692 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
693 void, (void),
694 default_file_start)
695
696 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
697 DEFHOOK
698 (file_end,
699 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
700 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
701 void, (void),
702 hook_void_void)
703
704 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
705 LTO output stream. */
706 DEFHOOK
707 (lto_start,
708 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
709 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
710 nothing.",
711 void, (void),
712 hook_void_void)
713
714 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
715 LTO output stream. */
716 DEFHOOK
717 (lto_end,
718 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
719 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
720 nothing.",
721 void, (void),
722 hook_void_void)
723
724 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
725 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
726 DEFHOOK
727 (code_end,
728 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
729 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
730 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
731 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
732 nothing.",
733 void, (void),
734 hook_void_void)
735
736 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
737 external. */
738 DEFHOOK
739 (external_libcall,
740 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
741 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
742 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
743 void, (rtx symref),
744 default_external_libcall)
745
746 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
747 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
748 DEFHOOK
749 (mark_decl_preserved,
750 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
751 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
752 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
753 void, (const char *symbol),
754 hook_void_constcharptr)
755
756 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
757 DEFHOOK
758 (record_gcc_switches,
759 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
760 switches provided as argument.\n\
761 \n\
762 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
763 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
764 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
765 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
766 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
767 hook.",
768 void, (const char *),
769 NULL)
770
771 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
772 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
773 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
774 this information. */
775 DEFHOOKPOD
776 (record_gcc_switches_section,
777 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
778 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
779 hook.",
780 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
781
782 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
783 DEFHOOK
784 (output_anchor,
785 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
786 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
787 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
788 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
789 \n\
790 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
791 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
792 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
793 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
794 void, (rtx x),
795 default_asm_output_anchor)
796
797 DEFHOOK
798 (output_ident,
799 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
800 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
801 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
802 directive.",
803 void, (const char *name),
804 hook_void_constcharptr)
805
806 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
807 DEFHOOK
808 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
809 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
810 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
811 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
812 NULL)
813
814 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (final_postscan_insn,
817 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
818 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
819 if necessary.\n\
820 \n\
821 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
822 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
823 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
824 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
825 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
826 by checking the contents of the vector.",
827 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
828 NULL)
829
830 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
831 DEFHOOK
832 (trampoline_template,
833 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
834 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
835 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
836 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
837 \n\
838 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
839 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
840 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
841 to generate it on the spot.",
842 void, (FILE *f),
843 NULL)
844
845 DEFHOOK
846 (output_source_filename,
847 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
848 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
849 \n\
850 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
851 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
852 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
853 default_asm_output_source_filename)
854
855 DEFHOOK
856 (output_addr_const_extra,
857 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
858 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
859 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
860 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
861 \n\
862 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
863 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
864 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
865 return @code{true}.",
866 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
867 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
868
869 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
870 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
871 initializers. */
872 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
873 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
874
875 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
876 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
877 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
878 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
879 (print_operand,
880 "",
881 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
882 default_print_operand)
883
884 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
885 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
886 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
887 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
888 (print_operand_address,
889 "",
890 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
891 default_print_operand_address)
892
893 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
894 `print_operand' hook. */
895 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
896 not this hook. */
897 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
898 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
899 "",
900 bool ,(unsigned char code),
901 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
902
903 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
904 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
905 DEFHOOK
906 (mangle_assembler_name,
907 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
908 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
909 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
910 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
911 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
912 tree, (const char *name),
913 default_mangle_assembler_name)
914
915 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
916
917 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
918 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
919 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
920 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
921 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
922
923 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
924 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
925 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
926 DEFHOOK
927 (adjust_cost,
928 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
929 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
930 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
931 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
932 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
933 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
934 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
935 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
936 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
937 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
938 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
939 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
940 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
941 unsigned int dw),
942 NULL)
943
944 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
945 DEFHOOK
946 (adjust_priority,
947 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
948 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
949 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
950 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
951 scheduling priorities of insns.",
952 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
953
954 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
955 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
956 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
957 DEFHOOK
958 (issue_rate,
959 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
960 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
961 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
962 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
963 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
964 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
965 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
966 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
967 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
968 int, (void), NULL)
969
970 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
971 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
972 DEFHOOK
973 (variable_issue,
974 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
975 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
976 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
977 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
978 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
979 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
980 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
981 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
982 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
983 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
984 was scheduled.",
985 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
986
987 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
988 DEFHOOK
989 (init,
990 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
991 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
992 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
993 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
994 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
995 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
996 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
997 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
998
999 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1000 DEFHOOK
1001 (finish,
1002 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1003 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1004 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1005 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1006 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1007 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1008 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1009
1010 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1011 DEFHOOK
1012 (init_global,
1013 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1014 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1015 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1016 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1017 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1018
1019 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1020 DEFHOOK
1021 (finish_global,
1022 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1023 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1024 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1025 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1026
1027 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1028 places. Default does nothing. */
1029 DEFHOOK
1030 (reorder,
1031 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1032 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1033 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1034 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1035 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1036 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1037 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1038 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1039 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1040 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1041 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1042 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1043 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1044 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1045 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1046
1047 DEFHOOK
1048 (reorder2,
1049 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1050 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1051 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1052 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1053 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1054 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1055 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1056 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1057 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1058
1059 DEFHOOK
1060 (macro_fusion_p,
1061 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1062 bool, (void), NULL)
1063
1064 DEFHOOK
1065 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1066 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1067 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1068 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1069 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1070 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1071 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1072 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1073
1074 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1075 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1076 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1077 DEFHOOK
1078 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1079 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1080 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1081 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1082 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1083 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1084 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1085 calculated.",
1086 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1087
1088 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1089 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1090 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1091 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1092 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1093 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1094 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1095 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1096 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1097
1098 DEFHOOK
1099 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1100 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1101 void, (void), NULL)
1102
1103 DEFHOOK
1104 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1105 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1106 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1107 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1108 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1109 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1110 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1111 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1112 rtx, (void), NULL)
1113
1114 DEFHOOK
1115 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1116 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1117 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1118 void, (void), NULL)
1119
1120 DEFHOOK
1121 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1122 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1123 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1124 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1125 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1126
1127 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1128 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1129 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1130 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1131
1132 DEFHOOK
1133 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1134 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1135 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1136 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1137 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1138 void, (void), NULL)
1139
1140 DEFHOOK
1141 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1142 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1143 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1144 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1145 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1146 void, (void), NULL)
1147
1148 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1149 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1150 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1151 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1152 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1153 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1154 insns on the same cycle. */
1155 DEFHOOK
1156 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1157 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1158 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1159 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1160 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1161 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1162 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1163 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1164 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1165 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1166 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1167 \n\
1168 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1169 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1170 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1171 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1172 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1173 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1174 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1175 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1176 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1177 \n\
1178 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1179 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1180 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1181 \n\
1182 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1183 int, (void), NULL)
1184
1185 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1186 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1187 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1188 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1189 DEFHOOK
1190 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1191 "\n\
1192 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1193 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1194 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1195 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1196 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1197 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1198 number of cycles.\n\
1199 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1200 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1201 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1202 \n\
1203 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1204 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1205
1206 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1207 scheduling.
1208 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1209 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1210 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1211 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1212 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1213 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1214 scheduling on current cycle. */
1215 DEFHOOK
1216 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1217 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1218 scheduling.",
1219 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1220 NULL)
1221
1222 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1223 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1224 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1225 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1226 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1227 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1228 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1229 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1230 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1231 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1232 DEFHOOK
1233 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1234 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1235 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1236 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1237
1238 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1239 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1240 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1241 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1242 described in DFA.
1243 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1244 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1245 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1246 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1247 DEFHOOK
1248 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1249 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1250 an instruction.",
1251 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1252
1253 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1254 round of multipass scheduling.
1255 DATA is a pointer.
1256 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1257 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1258 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1259 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1260 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1261 DEFHOOK
1262 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1263 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1264 round of multipass scheduling.",
1265 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1266
1267 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1268 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1269 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1270 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1271 described in DFA. */
1272 DEFHOOK
1273 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1274 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1275 void, (void *data), NULL)
1276
1277 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1278 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1279 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1280 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1281 described in DFA. */
1282 DEFHOOK
1283 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1284 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1285 void, (void *data), NULL)
1286
1287 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1288 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1289 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1290 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1291 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1292 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1293 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1294 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1295 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1296 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1297 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1298 DEFHOOK
1299 (dfa_new_cycle,
1300 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1301 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1302 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1303 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1304 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1305 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1306 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1307 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1308 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1309 and the current processor cycle.",
1310 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1311 int clock, int *sort_p),
1312 NULL)
1313
1314 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1315 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1316 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1317 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1318 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1319 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1320 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1321 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1322 second insn (second parameter). */
1323 DEFHOOK
1324 (is_costly_dependence,
1325 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1326 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1327 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1328 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1329 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1330 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1331 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1332 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1333 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1334 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1335 \n\
1336 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1337 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1338 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1339 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1340 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1341 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1342 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1343 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1344
1345 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1346 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1347 that new instructions were emitted. */
1348 DEFHOOK
1349 (h_i_d_extended,
1350 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1351 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1352 per instruction data structures.",
1353 void, (void), NULL)
1354
1355 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1356
1357 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1358 DEFHOOK
1359 (alloc_sched_context,
1360 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1361 void *, (void), NULL)
1362
1363 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1364 DEFHOOK
1365 (init_sched_context,
1366 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1367 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1368 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1369 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1370
1371 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1372 DEFHOOK
1373 (set_sched_context,
1374 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1375 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1376
1377 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1378 DEFHOOK
1379 (clear_sched_context,
1380 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1381 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1382
1383 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1384 DEFHOOK
1385 (free_sched_context,
1386 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1387 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1388
1389 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1390 by the insn scheduler.
1391 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1392 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1393 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1394 It should return
1395 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1396 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1397 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1398 generated one. */
1399 DEFHOOK
1400 (speculate_insn,
1401 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1402 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1403 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1404 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1405 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1406 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1407 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1408 the generated speculative pattern.",
1409 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1410
1411 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1412 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1413 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1414 DEFHOOK
1415 (needs_block_p,
1416 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1417 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1418 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1419 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1420
1421 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1423 instruction.
1424 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1425 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1426 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1427 is being performed. */
1428 DEFHOOK
1429 (gen_spec_check,
1430 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1431 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1432 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1433 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1434 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1435 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1436 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1437 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1438 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1439
1440 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1441 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1442 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1443 DEFHOOK
1444 (set_sched_flags,
1445 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1446 enabled/used.\n\
1447 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1448 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1449 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1450
1451 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1452 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1453 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1454 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1455
1456 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1457 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1458 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1459 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1460
1461 DEFHOOK
1462 (can_speculate_insn,
1463 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1464 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1465 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1466 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1467 should not be speculated.",
1468 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1469
1470 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1471 (skip_rtx_p,
1472 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1473 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1474 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1475
1476 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1477 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1478 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1479 to ddg variable. */
1480 DEFHOOK
1481 (sms_res_mii,
1482 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1483 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1484 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1485 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1486 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1487 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1488 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1489
1490 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1491 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1492 parameters. */
1493 DEFHOOK
1494 (dispatch_do,
1495 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1496 in its second parameter.",
1497 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1498 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1499
1500 /* The following member value is a function that returns true is
1501 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1502 as the second parameter is true. */
1503 DEFHOOK
1504 (dispatch,
1505 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1506 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1507 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1508 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1509
1510 DEFHOOKPOD
1511 (exposed_pipeline,
1512 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1513 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1514 also the latencies of operations.",
1515 bool, false)
1516
1517 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1518 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1519 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1520 DEFHOOK
1521 (reassociation_width,
1522 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1523 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1524 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1525 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1526
1527 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1528 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1529 DEFHOOK
1530 (fusion_priority,
1531 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1532 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1533 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1534 \n\
1535 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1536 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1537 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1538 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1539 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1540 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1541 \n\
1542 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1543 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1544 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1545 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1546 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1547 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1548 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1549 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1550 instructions.\n\
1551 \n\
1552 Given below example:\n\
1553 \n\
1554 @smallexample\n\
1555 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1556 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1557 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1558 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1559 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1560 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1561 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1562 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1563 @end smallexample\n\
1564 \n\
1565 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1566 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1567 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1568 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1569 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1570 \n\
1571 @smallexample\n\
1572 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1573 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1574 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1575 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1576 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1577 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1578 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1579 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1580 @end smallexample\n\
1581 \n\
1582 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1583 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1584 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1585 \n\
1586 @smallexample\n\
1587 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1588 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1589 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1590 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1591 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1592 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1593 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1594 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1595 @end smallexample\n\
1596 \n\
1597 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1598 \n\
1599 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1600 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1601 \n\
1602 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1603 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1604 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1605
1606 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1607
1608 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1609 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1610 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1611 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1612
1613 DEFHOOK
1614 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1615 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1616 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1617 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1618 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1619 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1620 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1621
1622 DEFHOOK
1623 (adjust,
1624 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1625 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1626 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1627
1628 DEFHOOK
1629 (usable,
1630 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1631 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1632 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1633 to use it.",
1634 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1635
1636 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1637
1638 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1639 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1640 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1641 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1642
1643 DEFHOOK
1644 (vf,
1645 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1646 int, (void), NULL)
1647
1648 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1649
1650 /* Functions relating to OpenMP. */
1651 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1652 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OMP_"
1653 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OMP, omp)
1654
1655 DEFHOOK
1656 (device_kind_arch_isa,
1657 "Return 1 if @var{trait} @var{name} is present in the OpenMP context's\n\
1658 device trait set, return 0 if not present in any OpenMP context in the\n\
1659 whole translation unit, or -1 if not present in the current OpenMP context\n\
1660 but might be present in another OpenMP context in the same TU.",
1661 int, (enum omp_device_kind_arch_isa trait, const char *name), NULL)
1662
1663 HOOK_VECTOR_END (omp)
1664
1665 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1666 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1667 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1668 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1669
1670 DEFHOOK
1671 (validate_dims,
1672 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1673 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1674 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1675 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine it is the\n\
1676 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1677 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1678 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1679 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1680 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1681 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1682 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level, unsigned used),
1683 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1684
1685 DEFHOOK
1686 (dim_limit,
1687 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1688 or zero if unbounded.",
1689 int, (int axis),
1690 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1691
1692 DEFHOOK
1693 (fork_join,
1694 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1695 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1696 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1697 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1698 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1699 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1700 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1701 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1702 default_goacc_fork_join)
1703
1704 DEFHOOK
1705 (reduction,
1706 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1707 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1708 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1709 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1710 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1711 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1712 void, (gcall *call),
1713 default_goacc_reduction)
1714
1715 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1716
1717 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1718 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1719 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1720 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1721
1722 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1723 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1724 function. */
1725 DEFHOOK
1726 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1727 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1728 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1729 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1730 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1731 \n\
1732 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1733 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1734 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1735 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1736 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1737 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1738 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1739 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1740 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1741 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1742 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1743 \n\
1744 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1745 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1746 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1747 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1748 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1749 described above.\n\
1750 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1751 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1752 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1753 tree, (void), NULL)
1754
1755 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1756 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1757 DEFHOOK
1758 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1759 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1760 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1761 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1762 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1763 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1764 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1765 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1766
1767 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1768 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1769 DEFHOOK
1770 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1771 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1772 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1773 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1774 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1775 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1776 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1777
1778 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1779 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1780 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1781 DEFHOOK
1782 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1783 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1784 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1785 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1786 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1787 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1788
1789 DEFHOOK
1790 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1791 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1792 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1793 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1794 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1795 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1796 for alignment.\n\
1797 \n\
1798 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1799 correct for most targets.",
1800 poly_uint64, (const_tree type),
1801 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1802
1803 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1804 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1805 DEFHOOK
1806 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1807 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1808 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1809 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1810
1811 DEFHOOK
1812 (vec_perm_const,
1813 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1814 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1815 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1816 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1817 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1818 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1819 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1820 \n\
1821 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1822 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1823 \n\
1824 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1825 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1826 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1827 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1828 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1829 implementation approaches itself.",
1830 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1831 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1832 NULL)
1833
1834 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1835 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1836 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1837 DEFHOOK
1838 (support_vector_misalignment,
1839 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1840 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1841 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1842 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1843 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1844 bool,
1845 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1846 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1847
1848 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1849 scalar mode. */
1850 DEFHOOK
1851 (preferred_simd_mode,
1852 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1853 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1854 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1855 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1856 machine_mode,
1857 (scalar_mode mode),
1858 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1859
1860 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1861 DEFHOOK
1862 (split_reduction,
1863 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1864 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1865 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1866 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1867 machine_mode,
1868 (machine_mode),
1869 default_split_reduction)
1870
1871 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1872 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1873 DEFHOOK
1874 (autovectorize_vector_modes,
1875 "If using the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}\n\
1876 is not the only approach worth considering, this hook should add one mode to\n\
1877 @var{modes} for each useful alternative approach. These modes are then\n\
1878 passed to @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_RELATED_MODE} to obtain the vector mode\n\
1879 for a given element mode.\n\
1880 \n\
1881 The modes returned in @var{modes} should use the smallest element mode\n\
1882 possible for the vectorization approach that they represent, preferring\n\
1883 integer modes over floating-poing modes in the event of a tie. The first\n\
1884 mode should be the @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} for its\n\
1885 element mode.\n\
1886 \n\
1887 If @var{all} is true, add suitable vector modes even when they are generally\n\
1888 not expected to be worthwhile.\n\
1889 \n\
1890 The hook returns a bitmask of flags that control how the modes in\n\
1891 @var{modes} are used. The flags are:\n\
1892 @table @code\n\
1893 @item VECT_COMPARE_COSTS\n\
1894 Tells the loop vectorizer to try all the provided modes and pick the one\n\
1895 with the lowest cost. By default the vectorizer will choose the first\n\
1896 mode that works.\n\
1897 @end table\n\
1898 \n\
1899 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1900 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1901 for autovectorization. The default implementation adds no modes and\n\
1902 returns 0.",
1903 unsigned int,
1904 (vector_modes *modes, bool all),
1905 default_autovectorize_vector_modes)
1906
1907 DEFHOOK
1908 (related_mode,
1909 "If a piece of code is using vector mode @var{vector_mode} and also wants\n\
1910 to operate on elements of mode @var{element_mode}, return the vector mode\n\
1911 it should use for those elements. If @var{nunits} is nonzero, ensure that\n\
1912 the mode has exactly @var{nunits} elements, otherwise pick whichever vector\n\
1913 size pairs the most naturally with @var{vector_mode}. Return an empty\n\
1914 @code{opt_machine_mode} if there is no supported vector mode with the\n\
1915 required properties.\n\
1916 \n\
1917 There is no prescribed way of handling the case in which @var{nunits}\n\
1918 is zero. One common choice is to pick a vector mode with the same size\n\
1919 as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice if the target has a\n\
1920 fixed vector size. Another option is to choose a vector mode with the\n\
1921 same number of elements as @var{vector_mode}; this is the natural choice\n\
1922 if the target has a fixed number of elements. Alternatively, the hook\n\
1923 might choose a middle ground, such as trying to keep the number of\n\
1924 elements as similar as possible while applying maximum and minimum\n\
1925 vector sizes.\n\
1926 \n\
1927 The default implementation uses @code{mode_for_vector} to find the\n\
1928 requested mode, returning a mode with the same size as @var{vector_mode}\n\
1929 when @var{nunits} is zero. This is the correct behavior for most targets.",
1930 opt_machine_mode,
1931 (machine_mode vector_mode, scalar_mode element_mode, poly_uint64 nunits),
1932 default_vectorize_related_mode)
1933
1934 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1935 DEFHOOK
1936 (get_mask_mode,
1937 "Return the mode to use for a vector mask that holds one boolean\n\
1938 result for each element of vector mode @var{mode}. The returned mask mode\n\
1939 can be a vector of integers (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT}), a vector of\n\
1940 booleans (class @code{MODE_VECTOR_BOOL}) or a scalar integer (class\n\
1941 @code{MODE_INT}). Return an empty @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such\n\
1942 mask mode exists.\n\
1943 \n\
1944 The default implementation returns a @code{MODE_VECTOR_INT} with the\n\
1945 same size and number of elements as @var{mode}, if such a mode exists.",
1946 opt_machine_mode,
1947 (machine_mode mode),
1948 default_get_mask_mode)
1949
1950 /* Function to say whether a masked operation is expensive when the
1951 mask is all zeros. */
1952 DEFHOOK
1953 (empty_mask_is_expensive,
1954 "This hook returns true if masked internal function @var{ifn} (really of\n\
1955 type @code{internal_fn}) should be considered expensive when the mask is\n\
1956 all zeros. GCC can then try to branch around the instruction instead.",
1957 bool,
1958 (unsigned ifn),
1959 default_empty_mask_is_expensive)
1960
1961 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1962 DEFHOOK
1963 (builtin_gather,
1964 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1965 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1966 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1967 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1968 loads.",
1969 tree,
1970 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1971 NULL)
1972
1973 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1974 DEFHOOK
1975 (builtin_scatter,
1976 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1977 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1978 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1979 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1980 stores.",
1981 tree,
1982 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1983 NULL)
1984
1985 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1986 DEFHOOK
1987 (init_cost,
1988 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1989 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1990 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1991 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1992 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1993 "is being vectorized.",
1994 void *,
1995 (class loop *loop_info),
1996 default_init_cost)
1997
1998 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1999 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
2000 block. */
2001 DEFHOOK
2002 (add_stmt_cost,
2003 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
2004 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
2005 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
2006 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
2007 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
2008 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
2009 "revised.",
2010 unsigned,
2011 (class vec_info *, void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
2012 class _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, tree vectype, int misalign,
2013 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
2014 default_add_stmt_cost)
2015
2016 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
2017 loop or block. */
2018 DEFHOOK
2019 (finish_cost,
2020 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
2021 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
2022 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
2023 "the three accumulators.",
2024 void,
2025 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2026 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2027 default_finish_cost)
2028
2029 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2030 DEFHOOK
2031 (destroy_cost_data,
2032 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2033 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2034 "accumulator.",
2035 void,
2036 (void *data),
2037 default_destroy_cost_data)
2038
2039 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2040
2041 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2042 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2043
2044 DEFHOOK
2045 (preferred_else_value,
2046 "This hook returns the target's preferred final argument for a call\n\
2047 to conditional internal function @var{ifn} (really of type\n\
2048 @code{internal_fn}). @var{type} specifies the return type of the\n\
2049 function and @var{ops} are the operands to the conditional operation,\n\
2050 of which there are @var{nops}.\n\
2051 \n\
2052 For example, if @var{ifn} is @code{IFN_COND_ADD}, the hook returns\n\
2053 a value of type @var{type} that should be used when @samp{@var{ops}[0]}\n\
2054 and @samp{@var{ops}[1]} are conditionally added together.\n\
2055 \n\
2056 This hook is only relevant if the target supports conditional patterns\n\
2057 like @code{cond_add@var{m}}. The default implementation returns a zero\n\
2058 constant of type @var{type}.",
2059 tree,
2060 (unsigned ifn, tree type, unsigned nops, tree *ops),
2061 default_preferred_else_value)
2062
2063 DEFHOOK
2064 (record_offload_symbol,
2065 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2066 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2067 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2068 void, (tree),
2069 hook_void_tree)
2070
2071 DEFHOOKPOD
2072 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2073 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2074 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2075 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2076 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2077
2078 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2079 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2080 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2081 DEFHOOK
2082 (override_options_after_change,
2083 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2084 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2085 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2086 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2087 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2088 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2089 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2090 void, (void),
2091 hook_void_void)
2092
2093 DEFHOOK
2094 (offload_options,
2095 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2096 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2097 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2098 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2099 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2100 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2101
2102 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2103 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2104 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2105 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2106 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2107
2108 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2109 DEFHOOK
2110 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2111 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2112 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2113 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2114 targets.",
2115 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2116 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2117
2118 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2119 DEFHOOK
2120 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2121 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2122 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2123 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2124 targets.",
2125 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2126 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2127
2128 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2129 DEFHOOK
2130 (unwind_word_mode,
2131 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2132 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2133 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2134 default_unwind_word_mode)
2135
2136 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2137 DEFHOOK
2138 (merge_decl_attributes,
2139 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2140 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2141 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2142 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2143 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2144 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2145 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2146 \n\
2147 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2148 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2149 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2150 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2151 will then define a function called\n\
2152 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2153 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2154 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2155 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2156 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2157 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2158 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2159 merge_decl_attributes)
2160
2161 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2162 DEFHOOK
2163 (merge_type_attributes,
2164 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2165 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2166 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2167 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2168 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2169 merging.",
2170 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2171 merge_type_attributes)
2172
2173 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2174 Ignored if NULL. */
2175 DEFHOOKPOD
2176 (attribute_table,
2177 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2178 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2179 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2180 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2181 take.",
2182 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2183
2184 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2185 argument. */
2186 DEFHOOK
2187 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2188 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2189 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2190 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2191 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2192 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2193 bool, (const_tree name),
2194 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2195
2196 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2197 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2198 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2199 DEFHOOK
2200 (comp_type_attributes,
2201 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2202 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2203 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2204 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2205 supposed always to be compatible.",
2206 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2207 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2208
2209 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2210 DEFHOOK
2211 (set_default_type_attributes,
2212 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2213 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2214 void, (tree type),
2215 hook_void_tree)
2216
2217 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2218 DEFHOOK
2219 (insert_attributes,
2220 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2221 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2222 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2223 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2224 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2225 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2226 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2227 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2228 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2229 needed.",
2230 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2231 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2232
2233 /* Perform additional target-specific processing of generic attributes. */
2234 DEFHOOK
2235 (handle_generic_attribute,
2236 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to perform additional\n\
2237 target-specific processing of an attribute which is handled generically\n\
2238 by a front end. The arguments are the same as those which are passed to\n\
2239 attribute handlers. So far this only affects the @var{noinit} and\n\
2240 @var{section} attribute.",
2241 tree, (tree *node, tree name, tree args, int flags, bool *no_add_attrs),
2242 hook_tree_treeptr_tree_tree_int_boolptr_null)
2243
2244 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2245 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2246 DEFHOOK
2247 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2248 "@cindex inlining\n\
2249 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2250 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2251 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2252 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2253 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2254 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2255
2256 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2257 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2258 DEFHOOK
2259 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2260 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2261 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2262 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2263 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2264 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2265 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2266 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2267 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2268 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2269 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2270 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2271 \n\
2272 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2273 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2274 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2275 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2276 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2277 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2278 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2279 \n\
2280 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2281 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2282 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2283 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2284 may affect its placement.",
2285 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2286 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2287
2288 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2289 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2290 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2291 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2292 (words_big_endian,
2293 "",
2294 bool, (void),
2295 targhook_words_big_endian)
2296
2297 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2298 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2299 (float_words_big_endian,
2300 "",
2301 bool, (void),
2302 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2303
2304 DEFHOOK
2305 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2306 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2307 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2308 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2309 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2310 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2311 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2312 does not.",
2313 bool, (void),
2314 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2315
2316 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2317 DEFHOOK
2318 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2319 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2320 bool, (void),
2321 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2322
2323 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2324 DEFHOOK
2325 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2326 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2327 bool, (void),
2328 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2329
2330 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2331 DEFHOOK
2332 (align_anon_bitfield,
2333 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2334 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2335 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2336 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2337 bool, (void),
2338 hook_bool_void_false)
2339
2340 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2341 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2342 DEFHOOK
2343 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2344 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2345 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2346 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2347 \n\
2348 The default is @code{false}.",
2349 bool, (void),
2350 hook_bool_void_false)
2351
2352 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2353 DEFHOOK
2354 (init_builtins,
2355 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2356 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2357 necessary setup.\n\
2358 \n\
2359 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2360 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2361 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2362 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2363 \n\
2364 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2365 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2366 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2367 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2368 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2369 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2370 void, (void),
2371 hook_void_void)
2372
2373 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2374 built-in function decl for CODE.
2375 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2376 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2377 DEFHOOK
2378 (builtin_decl,
2379 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2380 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2381 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2382 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2383 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2384 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2385 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2386 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2387
2388 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2389 DEFHOOK
2390 (expand_builtin,
2391 "\n\
2392 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2393 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2394 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2395 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2396 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2397 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2398 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2399 built-in function.",
2400 rtx,
2401 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2402 default_expand_builtin)
2403
2404 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2405 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2406 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2407 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2408 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2409 DEFHOOK
2410 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2411 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2412 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2413 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2414 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2415 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2416 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2417 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2418 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2419 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2420 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2421
2422 DEFHOOK
2423 (check_builtin_call,
2424 "Perform semantic checking on a call to a machine-specific built-in\n\
2425 function after its arguments have been constrained to the function\n\
2426 signature. Return true if the call is valid, otherwise report an error\n\
2427 and return false.\n\
2428 \n\
2429 This hook is called after @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}.\n\
2430 The call was originally to built-in function @var{orig_fndecl},\n\
2431 but after the optional @code{TARGET_RESOLVE_OVERLOADED_BUILTIN}\n\
2432 step is now to built-in function @var{fndecl}. @var{loc} is the\n\
2433 location of the call and @var{args} is an array of function arguments,\n\
2434 of which there are @var{nargs}. @var{arg_loc} specifies the location\n\
2435 of each argument.",
2436 bool, (location_t loc, vec<location_t> arg_loc, tree fndecl,
2437 tree orig_fndecl, unsigned int nargs, tree *args),
2438 NULL)
2439
2440 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2441 and GENERIC. */
2442 DEFHOOK
2443 (fold_builtin,
2444 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2445 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2446 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2447 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2448 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2449 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2450 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2451 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2452 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2453
2454 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2455 DEFHOOK
2456 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2457 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2458 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2459 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2460 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2461 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2462 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2463
2464 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2465 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2466 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2467 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2468 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2469 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2470 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2471 and 0 if they are the same. */
2472 DEFHOOK
2473 (compare_version_priority,
2474 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2475 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2476 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2477 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2478 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2479 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2480 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2481
2482 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2483 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2484 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2485 must be generated. */
2486 DEFHOOK
2487 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2488 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2489 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2490 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2491 body must be generated.",
2492 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2493
2494 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2495 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2496 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2497 identical versions. */
2498 DEFHOOK
2499 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2500 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2501 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2502 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2503 identical versions.",
2504 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2505
2506 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2507 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2508 DEFHOOK
2509 (builtin_reciprocal,
2510 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2511 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2512 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2513 tree, (tree fndecl),
2514 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2515
2516 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2517 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2518 NULL. */
2519 DEFHOOK
2520 (mangle_type,
2521 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2522 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2523 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2524 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2525 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2526 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2527 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2528 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2529 string constant.\n\
2530 \n\
2531 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2532 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2533 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2534 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2535 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2536 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2537 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2538 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2539 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2540 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2541 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2542 spaces in your string.\n\
2543 \n\
2544 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2545 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2546 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2547 before mangling.\n\
2548 \n\
2549 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2550 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2551 types.",
2552 const char *, (const_tree type),
2553 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2554
2555 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2556 DEFHOOK
2557 (init_libfuncs,
2558 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2559 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2560 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2561 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2562 library routines.\n\
2563 \n\
2564 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2565 void, (void),
2566 hook_void_void)
2567
2568 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2569 DEFHOOKPOD
2570 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2571 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2572 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2573 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2574 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2575 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2576 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2577 bool, false)
2578
2579 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2580 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2581 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2582 DEFHOOK
2583 (section_type_flags,
2584 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2585 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2586 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2587 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2588 \n\
2589 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2590 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2591 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2592 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2593 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2594 default_section_type_flags)
2595
2596 DEFHOOK
2597 (libc_has_function,
2598 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2599 @var{fn_class} is present in the target C library. If @var{type} is NULL,\n\
2600 the caller asks for support for all standard (float, double, long double)\n\
2601 types. If @var{type} is non-NULL, the caller asks for support for a\n\
2602 specific type.",
2603 bool, (enum function_class fn_class, tree type),
2604 default_libc_has_function)
2605
2606 DEFHOOK
2607 (libc_has_fast_function,
2608 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2609 @code{(enum function_class)}@var{fcode} has a fast implementation.",
2610 bool, (int fcode),
2611 default_libc_has_fast_function)
2612
2613 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2614 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2615 DEFHOOK
2616 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2617 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2618 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2619 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2620 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2621 \n\
2622 @smallexample\n\
2623 static bool\n\
2624 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2625 @{\n\
2626 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2627 @}\n\
2628 @end smallexample",
2629 bool, (void),
2630 hook_bool_void_false)
2631
2632 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2633 DEFHOOK
2634 (can_follow_jump,
2635 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2636 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2637 false, if it can't.\
2638 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2639 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2640 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2641 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2642
2643 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2644 DEFHOOK
2645 (have_conditional_execution,
2646 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2647 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2648 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2649 bool, (void),
2650 default_have_conditional_execution)
2651
2652 DEFHOOK
2653 (gen_ccmp_first,
2654 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2655 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2656 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2657 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2658 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2659 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2660 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2661 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2662 NULL)
2663
2664 DEFHOOK
2665 (gen_ccmp_next,
2666 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2667 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2668 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2669 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2670 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2671 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2672 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2673 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2674 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2675 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2676 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2677 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2678 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2679 NULL)
2680
2681 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2682 DEFHOOK
2683 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2684 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2685 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2686 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2687 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2688 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2689 number of memory accesses.",
2690 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, class loop *loop),
2691 NULL)
2692
2693 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2694 DEFHOOK
2695 (legitimate_constant_p,
2696 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2697 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2698 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2699 \n\
2700 The default definition returns true.",
2701 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2702 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2703
2704 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2705 DEFHOOK
2706 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2707 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2708 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2709 of @var{x}.\n\
2710 \n\
2711 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2712 \n\
2713 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2714 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2715 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2716 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2717 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2718 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2719 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2720
2721 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2722 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2723 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2724 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2725
2726 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2727 DEFHOOK
2728 (commutative_p,
2729 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2730 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2731 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2732 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2733 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2734 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2735
2736 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2737 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2738 DEFHOOK
2739 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2740 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2741 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2742 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2743 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2744 but not others.\n\
2745 \n\
2746 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2747 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2748 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2749 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2750 \n\
2751 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2752 \n\
2753 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2754 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2755 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2756
2757 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2758 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2759 DEFHOOK
2760 (legitimize_address,
2761 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2762 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2763 address.\n\
2764 \n\
2765 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2766 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2767 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2768 @var{x}.\n\
2769 \n\
2770 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2771 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2772 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2773 \n\
2774 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2775 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2776 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2777 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2778 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2779 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2780 strategy can generate better code.",
2781 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2782 default_legitimize_address)
2783
2784 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2785 DEFHOOK
2786 (delegitimize_address,
2787 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2788 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2789 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2790 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2791 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2792 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2793 into their original form.",
2794 rtx, (rtx x),
2795 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2796
2797 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2798 section. */
2799 DEFHOOK
2800 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2801 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2802 debug sections.",
2803 bool, (rtx x),
2804 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2805
2806 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2807 DEFHOOK
2808 (legitimate_address_p,
2809 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2810 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2811 \n\
2812 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2813 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2814 desired by the caller.\n\
2815 \n\
2816 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2817 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2818 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2819 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2820 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2821 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2822 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2823 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2824 \n\
2825 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2826 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2827 register is required.\n\
2828 \n\
2829 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2830 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2831 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2832 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2833 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2834 \n\
2835 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2836 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2837 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2838 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2839 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2840 \n\
2841 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2842 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2843 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2844 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2845 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2846 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2847 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2848 Format}.\n\
2849 \n\
2850 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2851 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2852 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2853 has this syntax:\n\
2854 \n\
2855 @example\n\
2856 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2857 @end example\n\
2858 \n\
2859 @noindent\n\
2860 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2861 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2862 \n\
2863 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2864 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2865 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2866 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2867 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2868 \n\
2869 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2870 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2871 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2872 default_legitimate_address_p)
2873
2874 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2875 DEFHOOK
2876 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2877 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2878 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2879 of @var{x}.\n\
2880 \n\
2881 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2882 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2883 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2884
2885 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2886 DEFHOOK
2887 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2888 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2889 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2890 \n\
2891 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2892 bool, (const_tree decl),
2893 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2894
2895 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2896 DEFHOOKPOD
2897 (min_anchor_offset,
2898 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2899 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2900 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2901 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2902 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2903
2904 DEFHOOKPOD
2905 (max_anchor_offset,
2906 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2907 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2908 value is 0.",
2909 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2910
2911 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2912 DEFHOOK
2913 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2914 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2915 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2916 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2917 \n\
2918 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2919 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2920 or target-specific sections.",
2921 bool, (const_rtx x),
2922 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2923
2924 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2925 DEFHOOK
2926 (has_ifunc_p,
2927 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2928 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2929 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2930 bool, (void),
2931 default_has_ifunc_p)
2932
2933 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2934 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2935 this is an indirect call. */
2936 DEFHOOK
2937 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2938 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2939 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2940 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2941 \n\
2942 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2943 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2944 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2945 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern cannot fail, or fall over to a\n\
2946 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2947 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2948 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2949 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
2950
2951 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
2952 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
2953 level, outside of any function scope. */
2954 DEFHOOK
2955 (set_current_function,
2956 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
2957 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
2958 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
2959 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
2960 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
2961 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
2962 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
2963 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
2964 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
2965 \n\
2966 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
2967 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
2968 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
2969 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
2970 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
2971 outside of any function scope.",
2972 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
2973
2974 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (in_small_data_p,
2977 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
2978 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
2979 bool, (const_tree exp),
2980 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2981
2982 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
2983 to the current executable or shared library. */
2984 DEFHOOK
2985 (binds_local_p,
2986 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
2987 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
2988 or executable image).\n\
2989 \n\
2990 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
2991 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
2992 currently supported object file formats.",
2993 bool, (const_tree exp),
2994 default_binds_local_p)
2995
2996 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
2997 DEFHOOK
2998 (profile_before_prologue,
2999 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3000 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3001 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3002 bool, (void),
3003 default_profile_before_prologue)
3004
3005 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3006 enabled. */
3007 DEFHOOK
3008 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3009 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3010 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3011 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3012 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3013 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3014 bool, (void),
3015 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3016
3017 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3018 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3019 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3020 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3021 DEFHOOK
3022 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3023 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3024 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3025 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3026 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3027 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3028 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3029 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3030 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3031 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3032
3033 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3034 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3035 DEFHOOK
3036 (encode_section_info,
3037 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3038 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3039 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3040 \n\
3041 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3042 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3043 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3044 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3045 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3046 \n\
3047 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3048 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3049 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3050 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3051 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3052 leave it alone.)\n\
3053 \n\
3054 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3055 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3056 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3057 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3058 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3059 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3060 \n\
3061 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3062 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3063 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3064 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3065 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3066 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3067 \n\
3068 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3069 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3070 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3071 before overriding it.",
3072 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3073 default_encode_section_info)
3074
3075 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3076 DEFHOOK
3077 (strip_name_encoding,
3078 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3079 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3080 may have added.",
3081 const char *, (const char *name),
3082 default_strip_name_encoding)
3083
3084 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3085 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3086 DEFHOOK
3087 (shift_truncation_mask,
3088 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3089 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3090 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3091 \n\
3092 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3093 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3094 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3095 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3096 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3097 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3098 \n\
3099 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3100 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3101 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3102 \n\
3103 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3104 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3105 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3106 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3107 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3108 by overriding it.",
3109 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3110 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3111
3112 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3113 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3114 the reciprocal. */
3115 DEFHOOK
3116 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3117 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3118 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3119 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3120 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3121 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3122 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3123 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3124 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3125
3126 DEFHOOK
3127 (truly_noop_truncation,
3128 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3129 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3130 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3131 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3132 is correct for most machines. When @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION}\n\
3133 returns false, the machine description should provide a @code{trunc}\n\
3134 optab to specify the RTL that performs the required truncation.\n\
3135 \n\
3136 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3137 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3138 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3139 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3140 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3141
3142 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3143 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3144 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3145 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3146 necessarily defined at this point. */
3147 DEFHOOK
3148 (mode_rep_extended,
3149 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3150 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3151 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3152 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3153 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3154 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3155 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3156 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3157 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3158 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3159 \n\
3160 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3161 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3162 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3163 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3164 \n\
3165 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3166 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3167 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3168 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3169 extension.\n\
3170 \n\
3171 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3172 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3173 @code{mode}.",
3174 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3175 default_mode_rep_extended)
3176
3177 DEFHOOK
3178 (setjmp_preserves_nonvolatile_regs_p,
3179 "On some targets, it is assumed that the compiler will spill all pseudos\n\
3180 that are live across a call to @code{setjmp}, while other targets treat\n\
3181 @code{setjmp} calls as normal function calls.\n\
3182 \n\
3183 This hook returns false if @code{setjmp} calls do not preserve all\n\
3184 non-volatile registers so that gcc that must spill all pseudos that are\n\
3185 live across @code{setjmp} calls. Define this to return true if the\n\
3186 target does not need to spill all pseudos live across @code{setjmp} calls.\n\
3187 The default implementation conservatively assumes all pseudos must be\n\
3188 spilled across @code{setjmp} calls.",
3189 bool, (void),
3190 hook_bool_void_false)
3191
3192 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3193 DEFHOOK
3194 (valid_pointer_mode,
3195 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3196 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3197 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3198 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3199 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3200
3201 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3202 DEFHOOK
3203 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3204 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3205 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3206 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3207 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3208 a pointer to int.",
3209 bool, (ao_ref *ref),
3210 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3211
3212 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3213 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3214 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3215 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3216
3217 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3218 DEFHOOK
3219 (pointer_mode,
3220 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3221 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3222 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3223 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3224 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3225
3226 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3227 DEFHOOK
3228 (address_mode,
3229 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3230 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3231 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3232 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3233 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3234
3235 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3236 in another address space. */
3237 DEFHOOK
3238 (valid_pointer_mode,
3239 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3240 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3241 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3242 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3243 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3244 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3245 target hooks for the given address space.",
3246 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3247 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3248
3249 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3250 space for a given mode. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (legitimate_address_p,
3253 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3254 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3255 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3256 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3257 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3258 explicit named address space support.",
3259 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3260 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3261
3262 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3263 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3264 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3265 DEFHOOK
3266 (legitimize_address,
3267 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3268 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3269 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3270 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3271 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3272 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3273
3274 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3275 DEFHOOK
3276 (subset_p,
3277 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3278 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3279 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3280 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3281 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3282 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3283 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3284 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3285
3286 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3287 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3288 DEFHOOK
3289 (zero_address_valid,
3290 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3291 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3292 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3293 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3294
3295 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3296 DEFHOOK
3297 (convert,
3298 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3299 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3300 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3301 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3302 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3303 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3304 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3305 default_addr_space_convert)
3306
3307 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3308 DEFHOOK
3309 (debug,
3310 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3311 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3312 int, (addr_space_t as),
3313 default_addr_space_debug)
3314
3315 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3316 DEFHOOK
3317 (diagnose_usage,
3318 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3319 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3320 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3321 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3322 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3323 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3324 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3325 The default implementation does nothing.",
3326 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3327 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3328
3329 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3330
3331 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3332 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3333
3334 DEFHOOK
3335 (lower_local_decl_alignment,
3336 "Define this hook to lower alignment of local, parm or result\n\
3337 decl @samp{(@var{decl})}.",
3338 void, (tree decl),
3339 hook_void_tree)
3340
3341 DEFHOOK
3342 (static_rtx_alignment,
3343 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3344 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3345 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3346 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3347 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3348 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3349
3350 DEFHOOK
3351 (constant_alignment,
3352 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3353 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3354 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3355 \n\
3356 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3357 \n\
3358 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3359 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3360 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3361 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3362 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3363 default_constant_alignment)
3364
3365 DEFHOOK
3366 (translate_mode_attribute,
3367 "Define this hook if during mode attribute processing, the port should\n\
3368 translate machine_mode @var{mode} to another mode. For example, rs6000's\n\
3369 @code{KFmode}, when it is the same as @code{TFmode}.\n\
3370 \n\
3371 The default version of the hook returns that mode that was passed in.",
3372 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
3373 default_translate_mode_attribute)
3374
3375 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3376 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3377 the arithmetic is supported. */
3378 DEFHOOK
3379 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3380 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3381 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3382 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3383 must work.\n\
3384 \n\
3385 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3386 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3387 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3388 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3389 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3390 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3391
3392 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3393 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3394 for further details. */
3395 DEFHOOK
3396 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3397 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3398 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3399 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3400 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3401 hook_bool_mode_false)
3402
3403 DEFHOOK
3404 (compatible_vector_types_p,
3405 "Return true if there is no target-specific reason for treating\n\
3406 vector types @var{type1} and @var{type2} as distinct types. The caller\n\
3407 has already checked for target-independent reasons, meaning that the\n\
3408 types are known to have the same mode, to have the same number of elements,\n\
3409 and to have what the caller considers to be compatible element types.\n\
3410 \n\
3411 The main reason for defining this hook is to reject pairs of types\n\
3412 that are handled differently by the target's calling convention.\n\
3413 For example, when a new @var{N}-bit vector architecture is added\n\
3414 to a target, the target may want to handle normal @var{N}-bit\n\
3415 @code{VECTOR_TYPE} arguments and return values in the same way as\n\
3416 before, to maintain backwards compatibility. However, it may also\n\
3417 provide new, architecture-specific @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s that are passed\n\
3418 and returned in a more efficient way. It is then important to maintain\n\
3419 a distinction between the ``normal'' @code{VECTOR_TYPE}s and the new\n\
3420 architecture-specific ones.\n\
3421 \n\
3422 The default implementation returns true, which is correct for most targets.",
3423 bool, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
3424 hook_bool_const_tree_const_tree_true)
3425
3426 DEFHOOK
3427 (vector_alignment,
3428 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3429 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3430 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3431 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3432 the vector element type.",
3433 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3434 default_vector_alignment)
3435
3436 DEFHOOK
3437 (array_mode,
3438 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3439 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3440 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3441 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3442 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3443 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3444 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3445 used in specific cases.\n\
3446 \n\
3447 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3448 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3449 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3450 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3451
3452 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3453 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3454 DEFHOOK
3455 (array_mode_supported_p,
3456 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3457 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3458 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3459 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3460 \n\
3461 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3462 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3463 has operations like:\n\
3464 \n\
3465 @smallexample\n\
3466 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3467 @end smallexample\n\
3468 \n\
3469 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3470 \n\
3471 @smallexample\n\
3472 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3473 @{\n\
3474 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3475 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3476 @end smallexample\n\
3477 \n\
3478 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3479 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3480 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3481 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3482 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3483
3484 DEFHOOK
3485 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3486 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3487 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3488 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3489 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3490 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3491 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3492 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3493
3494 DEFHOOK
3495 (floatn_mode,
3496 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3497 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3498 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3499 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3500 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3501 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3502 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3503 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3504 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3505 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3506 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3507 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3508 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3509 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3510 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3511 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3512 default_floatn_mode)
3513
3514 DEFHOOK
3515 (floatn_builtin_p,
3516 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3517 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3518 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3519 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3520 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3521 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3522 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3523 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3524 bool, (int func),
3525 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3526
3527 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3528 TO, using MODE. */
3529 DEFHOOK
3530 (register_move_cost,
3531 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3532 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3533 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3534 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3535 that.\n\
3536 \n\
3537 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3538 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3539 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3540 \n\
3541 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3542 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3543 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3544 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3545 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3546 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3547 \n\
3548 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3549 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3550 default_register_move_cost)
3551
3552 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3553 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3554 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3555 DEFHOOK
3556 (memory_move_cost,
3557 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3558 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3559 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3560 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3561 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3562 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3563 \n\
3564 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3565 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3566 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3567 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3568 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3569 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3570 \n\
3571 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3572 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3573 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3574 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3575 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3576 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3577 are the same as to this target hook.",
3578 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3579 default_memory_move_cost)
3580
3581 DEFHOOK
3582 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3583 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3584 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3585 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3586 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3587 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3588 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3589 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3590 \n\
3591 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3592 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3593 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3594 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3595 units.\n\
3596 \n\
3597 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3598 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3599 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3600 under consideration.\n\
3601 \n\
3602 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3603 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3604 \n\
3605 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3606 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3607 @code{cpymem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{cpymem} or\n\
3608 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3609 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3610 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3611 \n\
3612 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3613 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3614 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3615 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3616 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3617 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3618
3619 DEFHOOK
3620 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3621 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3622 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3623 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3624 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3625 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3626 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3627 negative number from this hook.",
3628 int, (machine_mode mode),
3629 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3630
3631 DEFHOOK
3632 (slow_unaligned_access,
3633 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3634 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3635 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3636 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e.@: when\n\
3637 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3638 \n\
3639 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3640 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3641 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3642 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3643 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3644 \n\
3645 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3646 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3647 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3648 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3649
3650 DEFHOOK
3651 (optab_supported_p,
3652 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3653 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3654 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3655 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3656 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3657 \n\
3658 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3659 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3660 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3661 \n\
3662 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3663 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3664 optimization_type opt_type),
3665 default_optab_supported_p)
3666
3667 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3668 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3669 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3670 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3671 DEFHOOK
3672 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3673 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3674 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3675 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3676 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3677 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3678 for any mode.\n\
3679 \n\
3680 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3681 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3682 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3683 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3684 insn.\n\
3685 \n\
3686 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3687 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3688 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3689 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3690 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3691 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3692 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3693 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3694 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3695 \n\
3696 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3697 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3698 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3699 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3700 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3701 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3702 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3703 hook_bool_mode_false)
3704
3705 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3706 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3707 DEFHOOKPOD
3708 (flags_regnum,
3709 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\n\
3710 post-reload comparison elimination pass, or the delay slot filler pass,\n\
3711 then this value should be set appropriately.",
3712 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3713
3714 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3715 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3716 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3717 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3718 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3719 DEFHOOK
3720 (rtx_costs,
3721 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3722 \n\
3723 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3724 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3725 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3726 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3727 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3728 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3729 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3730 \n\
3731 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3732 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3733 \n\
3734 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3735 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3736 instructions.\n\
3737 \n\
3738 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3739 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3740 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3741 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3742 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3743 \n\
3744 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3745 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3746 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3747 \n\
3748 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3749 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3750 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3751 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3752
3753 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3754 invalid addresses. */
3755 DEFHOOK
3756 (address_cost,
3757 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3758 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3759 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3760 \n\
3761 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3762 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3763 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3764 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3765 \n\
3766 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3767 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3768 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3769 \n\
3770 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3771 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3772 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3773 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3774 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3775 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3776 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3777 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3778 \n\
3779 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3780 \n\
3781 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3782 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3783 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3784 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3785 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3786 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3787 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3788 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3789 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3790 default_address_cost)
3791
3792 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3793 DEFHOOK
3794 (insn_cost,
3795 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3796 \n\
3797 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3798 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3799 instructions.\n\
3800 \n\
3801 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3802 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3803 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3804 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3805
3806 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3807 well defined units. */
3808 DEFHOOK
3809 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3810 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3811 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3812 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3813 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3814 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3815 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3816 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3817 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3818 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3819 \n\
3820 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3821 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3822 were true.\n\
3823 \n\
3824 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3825 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3826 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3827 unsigned int, (edge e),
3828 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3829
3830 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3831 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3832 DEFHOOK
3833 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3834 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3835 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3836 @code{if_info}.",
3837 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3838 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3839
3840 /* Return true if new_addr should be preferred over the existing address used by
3841 memref in insn. */
3842 DEFHOOK
3843 (new_address_profitable_p,
3844 "Return @code{true} if it is profitable to replace the address in\n\
3845 @var{memref} with @var{new_addr}. This allows targets to prevent the\n\
3846 scheduler from undoing address optimizations. The instruction containing the\n\
3847 memref is @var{insn}. The default implementation returns @code{true}.",
3848 bool, (rtx memref, rtx_insn * insn, rtx new_addr),
3849 default_new_address_profitable_p)
3850
3851 DEFHOOK
3852 (estimated_poly_value,
3853 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3854 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. @var{kind} is used\n\
3855 to ask for the minimum, maximum, and likely estimates of the value through\n\
3856 the @code{POLY_VALUE_MIN}, @code{POLY_VALUE_MAX} and\n\
3857 @code{POLY_VALUE_LIKELY} values. The default\n\
3858 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3859 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val, poly_value_estimate_kind kind),
3860 default_estimated_poly_value)
3861
3862 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3863 scheduling. */
3864 DEFHOOK
3865 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3866 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3867 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3868 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3869 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3870 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3871 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3872 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3873 hook_bool_void_false)
3874
3875 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3876 DEFHOOK
3877 (allocate_initial_value,
3878 "\n\
3879 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3880 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3881 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3882 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3883 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3884 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3885 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3886 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3887 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3888 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3889 @code{MEM}.\n\
3890 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3891 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3892 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3893 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3894 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3895 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3896 allocation.",
3897 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3898
3899 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3900 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3901 DEFHOOK
3902 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3903 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3904 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3905 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3906 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3907 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3908 passed along.",
3909 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3910 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3911
3912 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3913 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3914 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3915 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3916 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3917 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3918 DEFHOOK
3919 (dwarf_register_span,
3920 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3921 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3922 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3923 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3924 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3925 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3926 rtx, (rtx reg),
3927 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3928
3929 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3930 register. */
3931 DEFHOOK
3932 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3933 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3934 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3935 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3936 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3937 machine_mode, (int regno),
3938 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3939
3940 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3941 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3942 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3943 code, given the address of the table. */
3944 DEFHOOK
3945 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3946 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3947 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3948 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3949 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3950 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3951 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3952 void, (tree address),
3953 hook_void_tree)
3954
3955 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3956 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3957 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3958 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3959 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3960 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3961 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3962 DEFHOOK
3963 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3964 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3965 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3966 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3967 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3968 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3969 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3970 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3971 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3972 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3973 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3974 \n\
3975 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3976 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3977 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3978
3979 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3980 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3981 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3982 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3983 VOIDmode. */
3984 DEFHOOK
3985 (cc_modes_compatible,
3986 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3987 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3988 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3989 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3990 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3991 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3992 \n\
3993 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3994 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3995 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3996 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3997 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3998
3999 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
4000 delayed-branch scheduling. */
4001 DEFHOOK
4002 (machine_dependent_reorg,
4003 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
4004 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
4005 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
4006 \n\
4007 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
4008 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
4009 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
4010 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
4011 \n\
4012 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
4013 definition is null.",
4014 void, (void), NULL)
4015
4016 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
4017 DEFHOOK
4018 (build_builtin_va_list,
4019 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
4020 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4021 tree, (void),
4022 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4023
4024 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4025 DEFHOOK
4026 (enum_va_list_p,
4027 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4028 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4029 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4030 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4031 variable.\n\
4032 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4033 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4034 internal type.\n\
4035 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4036 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4037 macro to iterate through all types.",
4038 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4039 NULL)
4040
4041 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4042 DEFHOOK
4043 (fn_abi_va_list,
4044 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4045 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4046 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4047 tree, (tree fndecl),
4048 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4049
4050 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4051 DEFHOOK
4052 (canonical_va_list_type,
4053 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4054 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4055 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4056 tree, (tree type),
4057 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4058
4059 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4060 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4061 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4062 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4063 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4064
4065 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4066 DEFHOOK
4067 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4068 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4069 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4070 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4071 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4072 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4073 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4074
4075 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4076 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4077 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4078 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4079 or an error message if not. */
4080 DEFHOOK
4081 (get_pch_validity,
4082 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4083 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4084 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4085 void *, (size_t *sz),
4086 default_get_pch_validity)
4087
4088 DEFHOOK
4089 (pch_valid_p,
4090 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4091 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4092 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4093 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4094 \n\
4095 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4096 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4097 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4098 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4099 \n\
4100 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4101 suitable for most targets.",
4102 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4103 default_pch_valid_p)
4104
4105 DEFHOOK
4106 (prepare_pch_save,
4107 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4108 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4109 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4110 to do anything here.",
4111 void, (void),
4112 hook_void_void)
4113
4114 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4115 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4116 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4117 DEFHOOK
4118 (check_pch_target_flags,
4119 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4120 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4121 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4122 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4123 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4124 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4125
4126 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4127 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4128 that type. */
4129 DEFHOOK
4130 (default_short_enums,
4131 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4132 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4133 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4134 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4135 \n\
4136 The default is to return false.",
4137 bool, (void),
4138 hook_bool_void_false)
4139
4140 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4141 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4142 DEFHOOK
4143 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4144 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4145 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4146 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4147 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4148 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4149 rtx, (void),
4150 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4151
4152 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4153 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4154 DEFHOOK
4155 (md_asm_adjust,
4156 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4157 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4158 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4159 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4160 \n\
4161 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4162 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4163 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4164 rtx_insn *,
4165 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4166 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4167 NULL)
4168
4169 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4170 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4171 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4172 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4173 the function is being declared as an int. */
4174 DEFHOOK
4175 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4176 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4177 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4178 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4179 int, (const_tree function),
4180 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4181
4182 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4183 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4184 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4185 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4186 and
4187 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4188 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4189 DEFHOOK
4190 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4191 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4192 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4193 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4194 @smallexample\n\
4195 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4196 @end smallexample\n\
4197 and\n\
4198 @smallexample\n\
4199 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4200 @end smallexample\n\
4201 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4202 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4203 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4204 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4205
4206 DEFHOOK
4207 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4208 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4209 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4210 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4211 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4212 @smallexample\n\
4213 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4214 @end smallexample\n\
4215 \n\
4216 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4217 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4218 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4219 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4220
4221 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4222 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4223 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4224 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4225 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4226 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4227 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4228
4229 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4230 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4231 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4232 DEFHOOK
4233 (stack_protect_guard,
4234 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4235 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4236 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4237 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4238 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4239 \n\
4240 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4241 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4242 tree, (void),
4243 default_stack_protect_guard)
4244
4245 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4246 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4247 DEFHOOK
4248 (stack_protect_fail,
4249 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4250 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4251 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4252 \n\
4253 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4254 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4255 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4256 tree, (void),
4257 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4258
4259 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4260 protector runtime support. */
4261 DEFHOOK
4262 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4263 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4264 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4265 bool, (void),
4266 hook_bool_void_true)
4267
4268 DEFHOOK
4269 (have_speculation_safe_value,
4270 "This hook is used to determine the level of target support for\n\
4271 @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}. If called with an argument\n\
4272 of false, it returns true if the target has been modified to support\n\
4273 this builtin. If called with an argument of true, it returns true\n\
4274 if the target requires active mitigation execution might be speculative.\n\
4275 \n\
4276 The default implementation returns false if the target does not define\n\
4277 a pattern named @code{speculation_barrier}. Else it returns true\n\
4278 for the first case and whether the pattern is enabled for the current\n\
4279 compilation for the second case.\n\
4280 \n\
4281 For targets that have no processors that can execute instructions\n\
4282 speculatively an alternative implemenation of this hook is available:\n\
4283 simply redefine this hook to @code{speculation_safe_value_not_needed}\n\
4284 along with your other target hooks.",
4285 bool, (bool active), default_have_speculation_safe_value)
4286
4287 DEFHOOK
4288 (speculation_safe_value,
4289 "This target hook can be used to generate a target-specific code\n\
4290 sequence that implements the @code{__builtin_speculation_safe_value}\n\
4291 built-in function. The function must always return @var{val} in\n\
4292 @var{result} in mode @var{mode} when the cpu is not executing\n\
4293 speculatively, but must never return that when speculating until it\n\
4294 is known that the speculation will not be unwound. The hook supports\n\
4295 two primary mechanisms for implementing the requirements. The first\n\
4296 is to emit a speculation barrier which forces the processor to wait\n\
4297 until all prior speculative operations have been resolved; the second\n\
4298 is to use a target-specific mechanism that can track the speculation\n\
4299 state and to return @var{failval} if it can determine that\n\
4300 speculation must be unwound at a later time.\n\
4301 \n\
4302 The default implementation simply copies @var{val} to @var{result} and\n\
4303 emits a @code{speculation_barrier} instruction if that is defined.",
4304 rtx, (machine_mode mode, rtx result, rtx val, rtx failval),
4305 default_speculation_safe_value)
4306
4307 DEFHOOK
4308 (predict_doloop_p,
4309 "Return true if we can predict it is possible to use a low-overhead loop\n\
4310 for a particular loop. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to the loop.\n\
4311 This target hook is required only when the target supports low-overhead\n\
4312 loops, and will help ivopts to make some decisions.\n\
4313 The default version of this hook returns false.",
4314 bool, (class loop *loop),
4315 default_predict_doloop_p)
4316
4317 DEFHOOKPOD
4318 (have_count_reg_decr_p,
4319 "Return true if the target supports hardware count register for decrement\n\
4320 and branch.\n\
4321 The default value is false.",
4322 bool, false)
4323
4324 DEFHOOKPOD
4325 (doloop_cost_for_generic,
4326 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4327 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any generic IV use by\n\
4328 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4329 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4330 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4331 while doloop IV candidate is used for generic IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4332 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4333 this especially for generic IV uses.\n\
4334 The default value is zero.",
4335 int64_t, 0)
4336
4337 DEFHOOKPOD
4338 (doloop_cost_for_address,
4339 "One IV candidate dedicated for doloop is introduced in IVOPTs, we can\n\
4340 calculate the computation cost of adopting it to any address IV use by\n\
4341 function get_computation_cost as before. But for targets which have\n\
4342 hardware count register support for decrement and branch, it may have to\n\
4343 move IV value from hardware count register to general purpose register\n\
4344 while doloop IV candidate is used for address IV uses. It probably takes\n\
4345 expensive penalty. This hook allows target owners to define the cost for\n\
4346 this escpecially for address IV uses.\n\
4347 The default value is zero.",
4348 int64_t, 0)
4349
4350 DEFHOOK
4351 (can_use_doloop_p,
4352 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4353 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4354 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4355 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4356 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4357 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4358 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4359 \n\
4360 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4361 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4362 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4363 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4364 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4365 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4366
4367 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4368 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4369 DEFHOOK
4370 (invalid_within_doloop,
4371 "\n\
4372 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4373 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4374 could not be applied.\n\
4375 \n\
4376 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4377 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4378 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4379 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4380 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4381 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4382 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4383
4384 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4385 DEFHOOK
4386 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4387 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4388 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4389 default is to accept all instructions.",
4390 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4391 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4392
4393 DEFHOOK
4394 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4395 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4396 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4397 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4398 bool, (const_tree decl),
4399 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4400
4401 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4402 value. */
4403 DEFHOOKPOD
4404 (const_anchor,
4405 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4406 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4407 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4408 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4409 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4410 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4411 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4412 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4413 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4414 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4415 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4416 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4417 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4418 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4419 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4420 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4421
4422 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4423 DEFHOOK
4424 (memmodel_check,
4425 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4426 memory model bits are allowed.",
4427 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4428
4429 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4430 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4431 supported by the target. */
4432 DEFHOOK
4433 (asan_shadow_offset,
4434 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4435 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4436 supported by the target. May return 0 if Address Sanitizer is not supported\n\
4437 by a subtarget.",
4438 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4439 NULL)
4440
4441 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4442 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4443 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4444
4445 DEFHOOK
4446 (promote_function_mode,
4447 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4448 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4449 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4450 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4451 pointer} types.\n\
4452 \n\
4453 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4454 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4455 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4456 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4457 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4458 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4459 the signedness may be different.\n\
4460 \n\
4461 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4462 \n\
4463 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4464 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4465 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4466 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4467 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4468 default_promote_function_mode)
4469
4470 DEFHOOK
4471 (promote_prototypes,
4472 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4473 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4474 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4475 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4476 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4477 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4478 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4479
4480 DEFHOOK
4481 (struct_value_rtx,
4482 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4483 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4484 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4485 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4486 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4487 argument.\n\
4488 \n\
4489 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4490 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4491 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4492 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4493 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4494 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4495 the caller.\n\
4496 \n\
4497 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4498 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4499 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4500 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4501 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4502 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4503 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4504
4505 DEFHOOKPOD
4506 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4507 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4508 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4509 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4510 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4511 undesirable on your target.",
4512 bool, false)
4513
4514 DEFHOOK
4515 (return_in_memory,
4516 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4517 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4518 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4519 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4520 libcalls.\n\
4521 \n\
4522 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4523 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4524 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4525 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4526 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4527 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4528 \n\
4529 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4530 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4531 to indicate this.",
4532 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4533 default_return_in_memory)
4534
4535 DEFHOOK
4536 (return_in_msb,
4537 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4538 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4539 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4540 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4541 \n\
4542 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4543 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4544 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4545 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4546 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4547 bool, (const_tree type),
4548 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4549
4550 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4551 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4552 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4553 DEFHOOK
4554 (pass_by_reference,
4555 "This target hook should return @code{true} if argument @var{arg} at the\n\
4556 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4557 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4558 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (@var{arg}.type)}.\n\
4559 \n\
4560 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4561 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4562 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4563 to that type.",
4564 bool,
4565 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4566 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4567
4568 DEFHOOK
4569 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4570 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4571 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4572 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4573 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4574 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4575 rtx, (void),
4576 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4577
4578 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4579 DEFHOOK
4580 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4581 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4582 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4583 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4584 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4585 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4586 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4587 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4588 \n\
4589 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4590 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4591 named arguments. The argument @var{arg} describes the last of these named\n\
4592 arguments.\n\
4593 \n\
4594 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4595 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4596 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4597 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4598 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4599 frame.\n\
4600 \n\
4601 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4602 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4603 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4604 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4605 for all data types.\n\
4606 \n\
4607 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4608 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4609 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4610 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4611 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4612 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, const function_arg_info &arg,
4613 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4614 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4615
4616 DEFHOOK
4617 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4618 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4619 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4620 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4621 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4622 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4623 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4624 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4625 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4626 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4627
4628 DEFHOOK
4629 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4630 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4631 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4632 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4633 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4634 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4635 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4636 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4637 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4638 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4639
4640 DEFHOOK
4641 (load_returned_bounds,
4642 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4643 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4644 loaded bounds.",
4645 rtx, (rtx slot),
4646 default_load_returned_bounds)
4647
4648 DEFHOOK
4649 (store_returned_bounds,
4650 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4651 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4652 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4653 default_store_returned_bounds)
4654
4655 DEFHOOK
4656 (call_args,
4657 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4658 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4659 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4660 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4661 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4662 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4663 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4664 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4665 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4666 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4667 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4668 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4669 void, (rtx, tree),
4670 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4671
4672 DEFHOOK
4673 (end_call_args,
4674 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4675 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4676 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4677 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4678 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4679 void, (void),
4680 hook_void_void)
4681
4682 DEFHOOK
4683 (strict_argument_naming,
4684 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4685 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4686 \n\
4687 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4688 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4689 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4690 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4691 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4692 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4693 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4694 \n\
4695 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4696 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4697 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4698
4699 /* Returns true if we should use
4700 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4701 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4702 DEFHOOK
4703 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4704 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4705 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4706 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4707 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4708 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4709 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4710 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4711 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4712
4713 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4714 should be passed as two scalars. */
4715 DEFHOOK
4716 (split_complex_arg,
4717 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4718 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4719 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4720 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4721 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4722 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4723 point register.\n\
4724 \n\
4725 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4726 false.",
4727 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4728
4729 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4730 but must be passed on the stack. */
4731 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4732 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4733 DEFHOOK
4734 (must_pass_in_stack,
4735 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{arg}\n\
4736 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4737 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4738 documentation.",
4739 bool, (const function_arg_info &arg),
4740 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4741
4742 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4743 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4744 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4745 DEFHOOK
4746 (callee_copies,
4747 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4748 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4749 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4750 by the caller.\n\
4751 \n\
4752 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4753 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4754 not be generated.\n\
4755 \n\
4756 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4757 bool,
4758 (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4759 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_false)
4760
4761 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4762 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4763 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4764 DEFHOOK
4765 (arg_partial_bytes,
4766 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4767 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4768 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4769 pushed on the stack.\n\
4770 \n\
4771 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4772 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4773 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4774 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4775 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4776 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4777 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4778 \n\
4779 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4780 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4781 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4782 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, const function_arg_info &arg),
4783 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_arg_info_0)
4784
4785 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4786 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4787 argument. */
4788 DEFHOOK
4789 (function_arg_advance,
4790 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4791 advance past argument @var{arg} in the argument list. Once this is done,\n\
4792 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4793 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4794 \n\
4795 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4796 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4797 used for arguments without any special help.",
4798 void,
4799 (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4800 default_function_arg_advance)
4801
4802 DEFHOOK
4803 (function_arg_offset,
4804 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4805 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4806 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4807 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4808 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4809 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4810 default_function_arg_offset)
4811
4812 DEFHOOK
4813 (function_arg_padding,
4814 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4815 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4816 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4817 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4818 \n\
4819 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4820 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4821 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4822 \n\
4823 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4824 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4825 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4826 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4827 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4828 default_function_arg_padding)
4829
4830 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4831 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4832 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4833 argument. */
4834 DEFHOOK
4835 (function_arg,
4836 "Return an RTX indicating whether function argument @var{arg} is passed\n\
4837 in a register and if so, which register. Argument @var{ca} summarizes all\n\
4838 the previous arguments.\n\
4839 \n\
4840 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4841 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4842 on the stack.\n\
4843 \n\
4844 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4845 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4846 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4847 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4848 for more information.\n\
4849 \n\
4850 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4851 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4852 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4853 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4854 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4855 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4856 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4857 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4858 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4859 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4860 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4861 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4862 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4863 \n\
4864 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4865 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4866 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4867 \n\
4868 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4869 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4870 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4871 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4872 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4873 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4874 \n\
4875 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4876 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4877 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4878 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4879 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4880 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4881 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4882 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4883 a register.",
4884 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4885 default_function_arg)
4886
4887 DEFHOOK
4888 (function_incoming_arg,
4889 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4890 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4891 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4892 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4893 \n\
4894 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4895 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4896 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4897 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4898 arrive.\n\
4899 \n\
4900 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4901 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4902 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4903 \n\
4904 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4905 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4906 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, const function_arg_info &arg),
4907 default_function_incoming_arg)
4908
4909 DEFHOOK
4910 (function_arg_boundary,
4911 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4912 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4913 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4914 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4915 default_function_arg_boundary)
4916
4917 DEFHOOK
4918 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4919 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4920 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4921 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4922 value.",
4923 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4924 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4925
4926 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4927 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4928 DEFHOOK
4929 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4930 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4931 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4932 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4933 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4934 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4935
4936 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4937 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4938 DEFHOOK
4939 (function_value,
4940 "\n\
4941 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4942 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4943 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4944 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4945 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4946 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4947 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4948 a function returns a value.\n\
4949 \n\
4950 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4951 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4952 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4953 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4954 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4955 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4956 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4957 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4958 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4959 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4960 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4961 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4962 \n\
4963 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4964 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4965 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4966 \n\
4967 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4968 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4969 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4970 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4971 known.\n\
4972 \n\
4973 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4974 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4975 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4976 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4977 \n\
4978 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4979 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4980 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4981 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4982 default_function_value)
4983
4984 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4985 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4986 DEFHOOK
4987 (libcall_value,
4988 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4989 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4990 \n\
4991 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4992 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4993 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4994 \n\
4995 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4996 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4997 default_libcall_value)
4998
4999 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
5000 a function value as seen by the caller. */
5001 DEFHOOK
5002 (function_value_regno_p,
5003 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
5004 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
5005 \n\
5006 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
5007 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
5008 recognized by this target hook.\n\
5009 \n\
5010 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
5011 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
5012 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
5013 \n\
5014 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
5015 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
5016 default_function_value_regno_p)
5017
5018 DEFHOOK
5019 (fntype_abi,
5020 "Return the ABI used by a function with type @var{type}; see the\n\
5021 definition of @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI\n\
5022 descriptor. Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5023 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5024 const predefined_function_abi &, (const_tree type),
5025 NULL)
5026
5027 DEFHOOK
5028 (insn_callee_abi,
5029 "This hook returns a description of the ABI used by the target of\n\
5030 call instruction @var{insn}; see the definition of\n\
5031 @code{predefined_function_abi} for details of the ABI descriptor.\n\
5032 Only the global function @code{insn_callee_abi} should call this hook\n\
5033 directly.\n\
5034 \n\
5035 Targets only need to define this hook if they support\n\
5036 interoperability between several ABIs in the same translation unit.",
5037 const predefined_function_abi &, (const rtx_insn *insn),
5038 NULL)
5039
5040 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5041 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5042 (internal_arg_pointer,
5043 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
5044 current function.",
5045 rtx, (void),
5046 default_internal_arg_pointer)
5047
5048 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
5049 DEFHOOK
5050 (update_stack_boundary,
5051 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
5052 necessary.",
5053 void, (void), NULL)
5054
5055 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
5056 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
5057 DEFHOOK
5058 (get_drap_rtx,
5059 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
5060 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
5061 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
5062 is needed.",
5063 rtx, (void), NULL)
5064
5065 /* Generate instruction sequence to zero call used registers. */
5066 DEFHOOK
5067 (zero_call_used_regs,
5068 "This target hook emits instructions to zero the subset of @var{selected_regs}\n\
5069 that could conceivably contain values that are useful to an attacker.\n\
5070 Return the set of registers that were actually cleared.\n\
5071 \n\
5072 The default implementation uses normal move instructions to zero\n\
5073 all the registers in @var{selected_regs}. Define this hook if the\n\
5074 target has more efficient ways of zeroing certain registers,\n\
5075 or if you believe that certain registers would never contain\n\
5076 values that are useful to an attacker.",
5077 HARD_REG_SET, (HARD_REG_SET selected_regs),
5078 default_zero_call_used_regs)
5079
5080 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
5081 stack. */
5082 DEFHOOK
5083 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
5084 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
5085 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
5086 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
5087 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
5088 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
5089 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
5090 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
5091 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
5092 bool, (void),
5093 hook_bool_void_true)
5094
5095 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
5096 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
5097 DEFHOOK
5098 (static_chain,
5099 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
5100 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
5101 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
5102 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
5103 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
5104 \n\
5105 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
5106 \n\
5107 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
5108 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
5109 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
5110 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
5111 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5112 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5113 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5114 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5115 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5116 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5117 to refer to those items.",
5118 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5119 default_static_chain)
5120
5121 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5122 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5123 DEFHOOK
5124 (trampoline_init,
5125 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5126 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5127 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5128 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5129 when it is called.\n\
5130 \n\
5131 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5132 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5133 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5134 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5135 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5136 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5137 \n\
5138 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches\n\
5139 (possibly calling function maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache) or\n\
5140 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5141 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5142 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5143 default_trampoline_init)
5144
5145 /* Emit a call to a function to clear the instruction cache. */
5146 DEFHOOK
5147 (emit_call_builtin___clear_cache,
5148 "On targets that do not define a @code{clear_cache} insn expander,\n\
5149 but that define the @code{CLEAR_CACHE_INSN} macro,\n\
5150 maybe_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache relies on this target hook\n\
5151 to clear an address range in the instruction cache.\n\
5152 \n\
5153 The default implementation calls the @code{__clear_cache} builtin,\n\
5154 taking the assembler name from the builtin declaration. Overriding\n\
5155 definitions may call alternate functions, with alternate calling\n\
5156 conventions, or emit alternate RTX to perform the job.",
5157 void, (rtx begin, rtx end),
5158 default_emit_call_builtin___clear_cache)
5159
5160 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5161 DEFHOOK
5162 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5163 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5164 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5165 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5166 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5167 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5168 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5169 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5170 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5171
5172 DEFHOOKPOD
5173 (custom_function_descriptors,
5174 "If the target can use GCC's generic descriptor mechanism for nested\n\
5175 functions, define this hook to a power of 2 representing an unused bit\n\
5176 in function pointers which can be used to differentiate descriptors at\n\
5177 run time. This value gives the number of bytes by which descriptor\n\
5178 pointers are misaligned compared to function pointers. For example, on\n\
5179 targets that require functions to be aligned to a 4-byte boundary, a\n\
5180 value of either 1 or 2 is appropriate unless the architecture already\n\
5181 reserves the bit for another purpose, such as on ARM.\n\
5182 \n\
5183 Define this hook to 0 if the target implements ABI support for\n\
5184 function descriptors in its standard calling sequence, like for example\n\
5185 HPPA or IA-64.\n\
5186 \n\
5187 Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5188 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5189 it to be made executable.",\
5190 int, -1)
5191
5192 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5193 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5194 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5195 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5196 DEFHOOK
5197 (return_pops_args,
5198 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5199 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5200 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5201 \n\
5202 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5203 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5204 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5205 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5206 \n\
5207 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5208 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5209 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5210 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5211 arguments (if known).\n\
5212 \n\
5213 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5214 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5215 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5216 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5217 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5218 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5219 \n\
5220 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5221 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5222 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5223 \n\
5224 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5225 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5226 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5227 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5228 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5229 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5230 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5231 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5232 number of arguments.",
5233 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5234 default_return_pops_args)
5235
5236 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5237 returned. */
5238 DEFHOOK
5239 (get_raw_result_mode,
5240 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5241 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5242 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5243 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5244 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5245
5246 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5247 passed. */
5248 DEFHOOK
5249 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5250 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5251 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5252 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5253 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5254 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5255
5256 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5257 DEFHOOK
5258 (empty_record_p,
5259 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5260 is to return @code{false}.",
5261 bool, (const_tree type),
5262 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5263
5264 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5265 DEFHOOK
5266 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5267 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5268 ABI.",
5269 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5270 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5271
5272 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5273
5274 DEFHOOK
5275 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5276 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5277 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5278 bool, (void),
5279 hook_bool_void_false)
5280
5281 DEFHOOK
5282 (init_pic_reg,
5283 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5284 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5285 void, (void),
5286 hook_void_void)
5287
5288 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5289 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5290 DEFHOOK
5291 (invalid_conversion,
5292 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5293 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5294 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5295 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5296 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5297
5298 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5299 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5300 DEFHOOK
5301 (invalid_unary_op,
5302 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5303 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5304 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5305 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5306 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5307 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5308
5309 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5310 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5311 DEFHOOK
5312 (invalid_binary_op,
5313 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5314 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5315 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5316 the front end.",
5317 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5318 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5319
5320 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5321 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5322 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5323 DEFHOOK
5324 (promoted_type,
5325 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5326 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5327 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5328 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5329 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5330 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5331 tree, (const_tree type),
5332 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5333
5334 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5335 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5336 the standard conversion rules. */
5337 DEFHOOK
5338 (convert_to_type,
5339 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5340 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5341 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5342 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5343 conversion rules.\n\
5344 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5345 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5346 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5347
5348 DEFHOOK
5349 (verify_type_context,
5350 "If defined, this hook returns false if there is a target-specific reason\n\
5351 why type @var{type} cannot be used in the source language context described\n\
5352 by @var{context}. When @var{silent_p} is false, the hook also reports an\n\
5353 error against @var{loc} for invalid uses of @var{type}.\n\
5354 \n\
5355 Calls to this hook should be made through the global function\n\
5356 @code{verify_type_context}, which makes the @var{silent_p} parameter\n\
5357 default to false and also handles @code{error_mark_node}.\n\
5358 \n\
5359 The default implementation always returns true.",
5360 bool, (location_t loc, type_context_kind context, const_tree type,
5361 bool silent_p),
5362 NULL)
5363
5364 DEFHOOK
5365 (can_change_mode_class,
5366 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5367 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5368 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5369 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5370 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5371 \n\
5372 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5373 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5374 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5375 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5376 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5377 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5378 \n\
5379 @smallexample\n\
5380 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5381 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5382 @end smallexample\n\
5383 \n\
5384 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5385 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5386 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5387 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5388 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5389 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5390 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5391 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5392 value that the middle-end intended.",
5393 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5394 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5395
5396 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5397 DEFHOOK
5398 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5399 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5400 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5401 \n\
5402 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5403 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5404 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5405
5406 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5407 DEFHOOK
5408 (lra_p,
5409 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5410 \
5411 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5412 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5413 bool, (void),
5414 default_lra_p)
5415
5416 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5417 DEFHOOK
5418 (register_priority,
5419 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5420 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5421 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5422 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5423 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5424 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5425 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5426 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5427 \
5428 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5429 int, (int),
5430 default_register_priority)
5431
5432 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5433 DEFHOOK
5434 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5435 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5436 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5437 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5438 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5439 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5440 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5441 optimizations.\
5442 \
5443 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5444 bool, (void),
5445 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5446
5447 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5448 DEFHOOK
5449 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5450 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5451 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5452 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5453 the insn.\
5454 \
5455 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5456 bool, (void),
5457 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5458
5459 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5460 instead of memory. */
5461 DEFHOOK
5462 (spill_class,
5463 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5464 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5465 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5466 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5467 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5468 NULL)
5469
5470 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5471 DEFHOOK
5472 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5473 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5474 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5475 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5476 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5477 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5478 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5479 bool, (reg_class_t),
5480 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5481
5482 DEFHOOK
5483 (cstore_mode,
5484 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5485 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5486 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5487 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5488 patterns.",
5489 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5490 default_cstore_mode)
5491
5492 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5493 classes to use. */
5494 DEFHOOK
5495 (compute_pressure_classes,
5496 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5497 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5498 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5499 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5500 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5501
5502 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5503 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5504 DEFHOOK
5505 (member_type_forces_blk,
5506 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5507 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5508 \n\
5509 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5510 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5511 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5512 retain the field's mode.\n\
5513 \n\
5514 Normally, this is not needed.",
5515 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5516 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5517
5518 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5519 that gate the divod transform. */
5520 DEFHOOK
5521 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5522 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5523 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5524 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5525 NULL)
5526
5527 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5528 DEFHOOK
5529 (secondary_reload,
5530 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5531 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5532 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5533 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5534 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5535 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5536 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5537 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5538 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5539 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5540 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5541 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5542 \n\
5543 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5544 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5545 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5546 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5547 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5548 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5549 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5550 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5551 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5552 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5553 \n\
5554 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5555 \n\
5556 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5557 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5558 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5559 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5560 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5561 \n\
5562 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5563 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5564 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5565 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5566 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5567 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5568 \n\
5569 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5570 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5571 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5572 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5573 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5574 \n\
5575 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5576 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5577 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5578 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5579 single-register-class\n\
5580 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5581 output constraint.\n\
5582 \n\
5583 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5584 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5585 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5586 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5587 \n\
5588 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5589 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5590 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5591 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5592 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5593 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5594 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5595 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5596 \n\
5597 \n\
5598 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5599 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5600 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5601 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5602 \n\
5603 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5604 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5605 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5606 \n\
5607 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5608 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5609 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5610 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5611 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5612 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5613 reg_class_t,
5614 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5615 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5616 default_secondary_reload)
5617
5618 DEFHOOK
5619 (secondary_memory_needed,
5620 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5621 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5622 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5623 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5624 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5625 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5626 false for all inputs.",
5627 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5628 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5629
5630 DEFHOOK
5631 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5632 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5633 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5634 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5635 \n\
5636 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5637 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5638 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5639 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5640 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5641 floating-point registers.\n\
5642 \n\
5643 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5644 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5645 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5646 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5647 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5648 details.\n\
5649 \n\
5650 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5651 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5652 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5653
5654 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5655 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5656 DEFHOOK
5657 (preferred_reload_class,
5658 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5659 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5660 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5661 another, smaller class.\n\
5662 \n\
5663 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5664 \n\
5665 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5666 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5667 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5668 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5669 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5670 \n\
5671 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5672 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5673 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5674 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5675 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5676 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5677 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5678 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5679 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5680 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5681 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5682 \n\
5683 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5684 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5685 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5686 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5687 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5688 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5689 reg_class_t,
5690 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5691 default_preferred_reload_class)
5692
5693 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5694 input reloads. */
5695 DEFHOOK
5696 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5697 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5698 input reloads.\n\
5699 \n\
5700 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5701 argument.\n\
5702 \n\
5703 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5704 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5705 reg_class_t,
5706 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5707 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5708
5709 DEFHOOK
5710 (select_early_remat_modes,
5711 "On some targets, certain modes cannot be held in registers around a\n\
5712 standard ABI call and are relatively expensive to spill to the stack.\n\
5713 The early rematerialization pass can help in such cases by aggressively\n\
5714 recomputing values after calls, so that they don't need to be spilled.\n\
5715 \n\
5716 This hook returns the set of such modes by setting the associated bits\n\
5717 in @var{modes}. The default implementation selects no modes, which has\n\
5718 the effect of disabling the early rematerialization pass.",
5719 void, (sbitmap modes),
5720 default_select_early_remat_modes)
5721
5722 DEFHOOK
5723 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5724 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5725 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5726 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5727 \n\
5728 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5729 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5730 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5731 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5732 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5733 \n\
5734 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5735 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5736 pressure.",
5737 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5738 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5739
5740 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5741 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5742 DEFHOOK
5743 (class_max_nregs,
5744 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5745 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5746 \n\
5747 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5748 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5749 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5750 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5751 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5752 \n\
5753 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5754 in the reload pass.\n\
5755 \n\
5756 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5757 in words.",
5758 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5759 default_class_max_nregs)
5760
5761 DEFHOOK
5762 (preferred_rename_class,
5763 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5764 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5765 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5766 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5767 is not implemented.\
5768 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5769 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5770 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5771 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5772 be reduced.",
5773 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5774 default_preferred_rename_class)
5775
5776 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5777 during register allocation. */
5778 DEFHOOK
5779 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5780 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5781 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5782 register allocation.\n\
5783 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5784 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5785 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5786 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5787 bool, (rtx subst),
5788 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5789
5790 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5791 displacement addressing. */
5792 DEFHOOK
5793 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5794 "This hook tries to split address offset @var{orig_offset} into\n\
5795 two parts: one that should be added to the base address to create\n\
5796 a local anchor point, and an additional offset that can be applied\n\
5797 to the anchor to address a value of mode @var{mode}. The idea is that\n\
5798 the local anchor could be shared by other accesses to nearby locations.\n\
5799 \n\
5800 The hook returns true if it succeeds, storing the offset of the\n\
5801 anchor from the base in @var{offset1} and the offset of the final address\n\
5802 from the anchor in @var{offset2}. The default implementation returns false.",
5803 bool, (rtx *offset1, rtx *offset2, poly_int64 orig_offset, machine_mode mode),
5804 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5805
5806 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5807 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5808 DEFHOOK
5809 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5810 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5811 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5812 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5813 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5814 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5815 usage.",
5816 void, (void),
5817 hook_void_void)
5818
5819 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5820 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5821 but will be later. */
5822 DEFHOOK
5823 (instantiate_decls,
5824 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5825 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5826 void, (void),
5827 hook_void_void)
5828
5829 DEFHOOK
5830 (hard_regno_nregs,
5831 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5832 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5833 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5834 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5835 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5836 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5837 \n\
5838 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5839 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5840 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5841
5842 DEFHOOK
5843 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5844 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5845 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5846 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5847 unconditionally.\n\
5848 \n\
5849 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5850 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5851 \n\
5852 @cindex register pairs\n\
5853 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5854 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5855 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5856 \n\
5857 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5858 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5859 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5860 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5861 \n\
5862 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5863 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5864 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5865 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5866 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5867 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5868 modes to be tieable.\n\
5869 \n\
5870 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5871 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5872 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5873 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5874 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5875 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5876 \n\
5877 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5878 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5879 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5880 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5881 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5882 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5883 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5884 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5885 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5886 \n\
5887 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5888 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5889 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5890 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5891 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5892 \n\
5893 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5894 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5895 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5896 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5897 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5898 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5899 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5900
5901 DEFHOOK
5902 (modes_tieable_p,
5903 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5904 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5905 \n\
5906 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5907 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5908 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5909 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5910 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5911 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5912 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5913 \n\
5914 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5915 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5916 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5917 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5918 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5919
5920 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5921 in peephole2. */
5922 DEFHOOK
5923 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5924 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5925 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5926 \n\
5927 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5928 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5929 \n\
5930 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5931 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5932 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5933
5934 DEFHOOK
5935 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5936 "ABIs usually specify that calls must preserve the full contents\n\
5937 of a particular register, or that calls can alter any part of a\n\
5938 particular register. This information is captured by the target macro\n\
5939 @code{CALL_REALLY_USED_REGISTERS}. However, some ABIs specify that calls\n\
5940 must preserve certain bits of a particular register but can alter others.\n\
5941 This hook should return true if this applies to at least one of the\n\
5942 registers in @samp{(reg:@var{mode} @var{regno})}, and if as a result the\n\
5943 call would alter part of the @var{mode} value. For example, if a call\n\
5944 preserves the low 32 bits of a 64-bit hard register @var{regno} but can\n\
5945 clobber the upper 32 bits, this hook should return true for a 64-bit mode\n\
5946 but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5947 \n\
5948 The value of @var{abi_id} comes from the @code{predefined_function_abi}\n\
5949 structure that describes the ABI of the call; see the definition of the\n\
5950 structure for more details. If (as is usual) the target uses the same ABI\n\
5951 for all functions in a translation unit, @var{abi_id} is always 0.\n\
5952 \n\
5953 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5954 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5955 bool, (unsigned int abi_id, unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5956 hook_bool_uint_uint_mode_false)
5957
5958 DEFHOOK
5959 (get_multilib_abi_name,
5960 "This hook returns name of multilib ABI name.",
5961 const char *, (void),
5962 hook_constcharptr_void_null)
5963
5964 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5965 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5966 DEFHOOK
5967 (case_values_threshold,
5968 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5969 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5970 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5971 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5972 unsigned int, (void),
5973 default_case_values_threshold)
5974
5975 DEFHOOK
5976 (starting_frame_offset,
5977 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5978 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5979 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5980 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5981 implementation returns 0.",
5982 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5983 hook_hwi_void_0)
5984
5985 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5986 DEFHOOK
5987 (compute_frame_layout,
5988 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5989 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5990 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5991 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5992 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5993 this callback is optional.",
5994 void, (void),
5995 hook_void_void)
5996
5997 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5998 DEFHOOK
5999 (frame_pointer_required,
6000 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
6001 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
6002 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
6003 \n\
6004 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
6005 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
6006 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
6007 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
6008 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
6009 pointer.\n\
6010 \n\
6011 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
6012 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
6013 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
6014 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
6015 them.\n\
6016 \n\
6017 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
6018 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
6019 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
6020 \n\
6021 Default return value is @code{false}.",
6022 bool, (void),
6023 hook_bool_void_false)
6024
6025 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
6026 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
6027 DEFHOOK
6028 (can_eliminate,
6029 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
6030 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
6031 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
6032 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
6033 knows about.\n\
6034 \n\
6035 Default return value is @code{true}.",
6036 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
6037 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
6038
6039 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
6040 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
6041 target. */
6042 DEFHOOK
6043 (conditional_register_usage,
6044 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
6045 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
6046 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
6047 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
6048 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
6049 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
6050 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
6051 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
6052 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
6053 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
6054 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
6055 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
6056 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
6057 command options have been applied.\n\
6058 \n\
6059 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
6060 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
6061 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
6062 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
6063 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
6064 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
6065 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
6066 that shouldn't be used.\n\
6067 \n\
6068 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
6069 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
6070 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
6071 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
6072 void, (void),
6073 hook_void_void)
6074
6075 DEFHOOK
6076 (stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range,
6077 "Some targets have an ABI defined interval for which no probing needs to be done.\n\
6078 When a probe does need to be done this same interval is used as the probe distance \
6079 up when doing stack clash protection for alloca.\n\
6080 On such targets this value can be set to override the default probing up interval.\n\
6081 Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe range is required or zero otherwise. \
6082 Defining this hook also requires your functions which make use of alloca to have at least 8 byes\
6083 of outgoing arguments. If this is not the case the stack will be corrupted.\n\
6084 You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
6085 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
6086 default_stack_clash_protection_alloca_probe_range)
6087
6088
6089 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
6090 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6091 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
6092 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
6093
6094 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
6095 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
6096 (mode_for_suffix,
6097 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
6098 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
6099 machine_mode, (char c),
6100 default_mode_for_suffix)
6101
6102 DEFHOOK
6103 (excess_precision,
6104 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
6105 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
6106 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
6107 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
6108 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
6109 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
6110 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
6111 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
6112 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
6113 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
6114 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
6115 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
6116 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
6117 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
6118 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
6119 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
6120 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
6121 default_excess_precision)
6122
6123 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
6124
6125 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
6126 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6127 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
6128 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
6129
6130 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
6131 DEFHOOK
6132 (guard_type,
6133 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
6134 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
6135 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
6136 tree, (void),
6137 default_cxx_guard_type)
6138
6139 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
6140 DEFHOOK
6141 (guard_mask_bit,
6142 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
6143 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
6144 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
6145 bool, (void),
6146 hook_bool_void_false)
6147
6148 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
6149 DEFHOOK
6150 (get_cookie_size,
6151 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
6152 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
6153 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
6154 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
6155 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
6156 tree, (tree type),
6157 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
6158
6159 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
6160 DEFHOOK
6161 (cookie_has_size,
6162 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
6163 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
6164 bool, (void),
6165 hook_bool_void_false)
6166
6167 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
6168 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
6169 DEFHOOK
6170 (import_export_class,
6171 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
6172 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
6173 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
6174 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
6175 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
6176 backend's targeted operating system.",
6177 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
6178
6179 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
6180 DEFHOOK
6181 (cdtor_returns_this,
6182 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
6183 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
6184 @code{false}.",
6185 bool, (void),
6186 hook_bool_void_false)
6187
6188 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6189 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6190 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6191 DEFHOOK
6192 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6193 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6194 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6195 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6196 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6197 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6198 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6199 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6200 bool, (void),
6201 hook_bool_void_true)
6202
6203 DEFHOOK
6204 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6205 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6206 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6207 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6208 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6209 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6210 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6211 void, (tree decl),
6212 hook_void_tree)
6213
6214 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6215 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6216 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6217 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6218 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6219 DEFHOOK
6220 (class_data_always_comdat,
6221 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6222 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6223 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6224 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6225 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6226 bool, (void),
6227 hook_bool_void_true)
6228
6229 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6230 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6231 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6232 DEFHOOK
6233 (library_rtti_comdat,
6234 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6235 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6236 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6237 bool, (void),
6238 hook_bool_void_true)
6239
6240 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6241 destructors. */
6242 DEFHOOK
6243 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6244 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6245 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6246 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6247 bool, (void),
6248 hook_bool_void_false)
6249
6250 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6251 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6252 DEFHOOK
6253 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6254 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6255 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6256 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6257 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6258 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6259 bool, (void),
6260 hook_bool_void_false)
6261
6262 DEFHOOK
6263 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6264 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6265 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6266 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6267 void, (tree type),
6268 hook_void_tree)
6269
6270 DEFHOOK
6271 (decl_mangling_context,
6272 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6273 tree, (const_tree decl),
6274 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6275
6276 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6277
6278 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6279 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6280 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6281 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6282
6283 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6284 DEFHOOKPOD
6285 (get_address,
6286 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6287 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6288 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6289 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6290
6291 DEFHOOKPOD
6292 (register_common,
6293 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6294 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6295 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6296 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6297 registration function to be used.",
6298 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6299
6300 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6301 DEFHOOKPOD
6302 (var_section,
6303 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6304 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6305 any section.",
6306 const char *, NULL)
6307
6308 DEFHOOKPOD
6309 (tmpl_section,
6310 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6311 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6312 section.",
6313 const char *, NULL)
6314
6315 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6316 DEFHOOKPOD
6317 (var_prefix,
6318 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6319 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6320 const char *, NULL)
6321
6322 DEFHOOKPOD
6323 (tmpl_prefix,
6324 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6325 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6326 const char *, NULL)
6327
6328 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6329 DEFHOOK
6330 (var_fields,
6331 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6332 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6333 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6334 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6335 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6336 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6337 default_emutls_var_fields)
6338
6339 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6340 DEFHOOK
6341 (var_init,
6342 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6343 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6344 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6345 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6346 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6347 default_emutls_var_init)
6348
6349 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6350 proxy variable. */
6351 DEFHOOKPOD
6352 (var_align_fixed,
6353 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6354 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6355 single objects. The default is false.",
6356 bool, false)
6357
6358 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6359 DEFHOOKPOD
6360 (debug_form_tls_address,
6361 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6362 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6363 bool, false)
6364
6365 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6366
6367 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6368 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6369 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6370
6371 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6372 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6373 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6374 DEFHOOK
6375 (valid_attribute_p,
6376 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6377 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6378 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6379 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6380 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6381 \n\
6382 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6383 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6384 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6385 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6386 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6387
6388 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6389 DEFHOOK
6390 (save,
6391 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6392 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6393 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6394 @xref{Option file format}.",
6395 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts,
6396 struct gcc_options *opts_set), NULL)
6397
6398 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6399 structure. */
6400 DEFHOOK
6401 (restore,
6402 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6403 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6404 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6405 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct gcc_options *opts_set,
6406 struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6407
6408 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6409 streamed in. */
6410 DEFHOOK
6411 (post_stream_in,
6412 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6413 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6414 LTO bytecode.",
6415 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6416
6417 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6418 structure. */
6419 DEFHOOK
6420 (print,
6421 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6422 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6423 function-specific options.",
6424 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6425
6426 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6427 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6428 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6429 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6430 DEFHOOK
6431 (pragma_parse,
6432 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6433 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6434 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6435 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6436 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6437 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6438
6439 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6440 DEFHOOK
6441 (override,
6442 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6443 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6444 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6445 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6446 \n\
6447 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6448 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6449 \n\
6450 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6451 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6452 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6453 void, (void),
6454 hook_void_void)
6455
6456 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6457 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6458 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6459 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6460 DEFHOOK
6461 (function_versions,
6462 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6463 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6464 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6465 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6466 different target machines.",
6467 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6468 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6469
6470 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6471 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6472 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6473 DEFHOOK
6474 (can_inline_p,
6475 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6476 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6477 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6478 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6479 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6480 default_target_can_inline_p)
6481
6482 DEFHOOK
6483 (relayout_function,
6484 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6485 void, (tree fndecl),
6486 hook_void_tree)
6487
6488 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6489
6490 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6491 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6492 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6493 DEFHOOK
6494 (extra_live_on_entry,
6495 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6496 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6497 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6498 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6499 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6500 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6501 void, (bitmap regs),
6502 hook_void_bitmap)
6503
6504 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6505 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6506 definition. */
6507 DEFHOOKPOD
6508 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6509 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6510 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6511 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6512 linker (e.g.@: stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6513 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6514 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6515 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6516 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6517 bool,
6518 false)
6519
6520 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6521 DEFHOOK
6522 (set_up_by_prologue,
6523 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6524 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6525 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6526 NULL)
6527
6528 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6529 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6530 function attribute. */
6531 DEFHOOK
6532 (warn_func_return,
6533 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6534 bool, (tree),
6535 hook_bool_tree_true)
6536
6537 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6538 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6539 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6540
6541 DEFHOOK
6542 (get_separate_components,
6543 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6544 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6545 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6546 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6547 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6548 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6549 sbitmap, (void),
6550 NULL)
6551
6552 DEFHOOK
6553 (components_for_bb,
6554 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6555 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6556 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6557 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6558 NULL)
6559
6560 DEFHOOK
6561 (disqualify_components,
6562 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6563 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6564 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6565 epilogue instead.",
6566 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6567 NULL)
6568
6569 DEFHOOK
6570 (emit_prologue_components,
6571 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6572 void, (sbitmap),
6573 NULL)
6574
6575 DEFHOOK
6576 (emit_epilogue_components,
6577 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6578 void, (sbitmap),
6579 NULL)
6580
6581 DEFHOOK
6582 (set_handled_components,
6583 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6584 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6585 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6586 will be deleted after this call.",
6587 void, (sbitmap),
6588 NULL)
6589
6590 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6591 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6592 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6593
6594 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6595 DEFHOOK
6596 (debug_unwind_info,
6597 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6598 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6599 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6600 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6601 \n\
6602 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6603 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6604 \n\
6605 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6606 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6607 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6608 default_debug_unwind_info)
6609
6610 DEFHOOK
6611 (reset_location_view, "\
6612 This hook, if defined, enables -ginternal-reset-location-views, and\n\
6613 uses its result to override cases in which the estimated min insn\n\
6614 length might be nonzero even when a PC advance (i.e., a view reset)\n\
6615 cannot be taken for granted.\n\
6616 \n\
6617 If the hook is defined, it must return a positive value to indicate\n\
6618 the insn definitely advances the PC, and so the view number can be\n\
6619 safely assumed to be reset; a negative value to mean the insn\n\
6620 definitely does not advance the PC, and os the view number must not\n\
6621 be reset; or zero to decide based on the estimated insn length.\n\
6622 \n\
6623 If insn length is to be regarded as reliable, set the hook to\n\
6624 @code{hook_int_rtx_insn_0}.",
6625 int, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
6626
6627 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6628 defined at this time. */
6629 DEFHOOK
6630 (canonicalize_comparison,
6631 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6632 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6633 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6634 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6635 \n\
6636 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6637 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6638 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6639 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6640 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6641 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6642 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6643 \n\
6644 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6645 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6646 @file{md} file.\n\
6647 \n\
6648 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6649 comparison code or operands.",
6650 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6651 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6652
6653 DEFHOOK
6654 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6655 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6656 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6657 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6658 \n\
6659 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6660 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6661 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6662 \n\
6663 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6664 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6665 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6666 \n\
6667 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6668 defined to 1.",
6669 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6670
6671 DEFHOOKPOD
6672 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6673 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6674 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e.@: the\
6675 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6676 unsigned char, 1)
6677
6678 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6679 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6680 as needed. */
6681 DEFHOOK
6682 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6683 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6684 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6685 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6686 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6687 hook_uint_mode_0)
6688
6689 DEFHOOK
6690 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6691 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6692 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6693 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6694 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6695 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6696 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6697 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6698 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6699 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6700 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6701 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6702 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6703 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6704 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6705 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6706 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6707 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6708
6709 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6710
6711 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6712 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6713 DEFHOOKPOD
6714 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6715 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6716 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6717 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6718 bool, false)
6719
6720 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6721 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6722 DEFHOOKPOD
6723 (have_ctors_dtors,
6724 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6725 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6726 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6727 bool, false)
6728
6729 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6730 DEFHOOKPOD
6731 (have_tls,
6732 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6733 The default value is false.",
6734 bool, false)
6735
6736 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6737 DEFHOOKPOD
6738 (have_srodata_section,
6739 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6740 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6741 bool, false)
6742
6743 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6744 DEFHOOKPOD
6745 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6746 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6747 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6748 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6749 true otherwise.",
6750 bool, true)
6751
6752 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6753 DEFHOOKPOD
6754 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6755 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6756 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6757 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6758 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6759 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6760 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6761 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6762 \n\
6763 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6764 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6765 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6766 bool, false)
6767
6768 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6769 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6770 DEFHOOKPOD
6771 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6772 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6773 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6774 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6775 this to be done. The default is false.",
6776 bool, false)
6777
6778 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6779 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6780 DEFHOOKPOD
6781 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6782 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6783 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6784 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6785 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6786 bool, false)
6787
6788 DEFHOOKPOD
6789 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6790 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6791 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6792 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6793 bool, false)
6794
6795 DEFHOOKPOD
6796 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6797 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6798 bool, false)
6799
6800 DEFHOOKPOD
6801 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6802 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6803 bool, false)
6804
6805 DEFHOOKPOD
6806 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6807 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6808 targets.",
6809 bool, false)
6810
6811 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6812
6813 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6814 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6815 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6816 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6817
6818 DEFHOOK
6819 (emit,
6820 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6821 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6822
6823 DEFHOOK
6824 (needed,
6825 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6826 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6827
6828 DEFHOOK
6829 (after,
6830 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6831 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6832
6833 DEFHOOK
6834 (entry,
6835 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6836 int, (int entity), NULL)
6837
6838 DEFHOOK
6839 (exit,
6840 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6841 int, (int entity), NULL)
6842
6843 DEFHOOK
6844 (priority,
6845 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6846 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6847
6848 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6849
6850 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6851 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MEMTAG_"
6852 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_MEMTAG_, memtag)
6853
6854 DEFHOOK
6855 (can_tag_addresses,
6856 "True if the backend architecture naturally supports ignoring some region\n\
6857 of pointers. This feature means that @option{-fsanitize=hwaddress} can\n\
6858 work.\n\
6859 \n\
6860 At preset, this feature does not support address spaces. It also requires\n\
6861 @code{Pmode} to be the same as @code{ptr_mode}.",
6862 bool, (), default_memtag_can_tag_addresses)
6863
6864 DEFHOOK
6865 (tag_size,
6866 "Return the size of a tag (in bits) for this platform.\n\
6867 \n\
6868 The default returns 8.",
6869 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_tag_size)
6870
6871 DEFHOOK
6872 (granule_size,
6873 "Return the size in real memory that each byte in shadow memory refers to.\n\
6874 I.e. if a variable is @var{X} bytes long in memory, then this hook should\n\
6875 return the value @var{Y} such that the tag in shadow memory spans\n\
6876 @var{X}/@var{Y} bytes.\n\
6877 \n\
6878 Most variables will need to be aligned to this amount since two variables\n\
6879 that are neighbors in memory and share a tag granule would need to share\n\
6880 the same tag.\n\
6881 \n\
6882 The default returns 16.",
6883 uint8_t, (), default_memtag_granule_size)
6884
6885 DEFHOOK
6886 (insert_random_tag,
6887 "Return an RTX representing the value of @var{untagged} but with a\n\
6888 (possibly) random tag in it.\n\
6889 Put that value into @var{target} if it is convenient to do so.\n\
6890 This function is used to generate a tagged base for the current stack frame.",
6891 rtx, (rtx untagged, rtx target), default_memtag_insert_random_tag)
6892
6893 DEFHOOK
6894 (add_tag,
6895 "Return an RTX that represents the result of adding @var{addr_offset} to\n\
6896 the address in pointer @var{base} and @var{tag_offset} to the tag in pointer\n\
6897 @var{base}.\n\
6898 The resulting RTX must either be a valid memory address or be able to get\n\
6899 put into an operand with @code{force_operand}.\n\
6900 \n\
6901 Unlike other memtag hooks, this must return an expression and not emit any\n\
6902 RTL.",
6903 rtx, (rtx base, poly_int64 addr_offset, uint8_t tag_offset),
6904 default_memtag_add_tag)
6905
6906 DEFHOOK
6907 (set_tag,
6908 "Return an RTX representing @var{untagged_base} but with the tag @var{tag}.\n\
6909 Try and store this in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6910 @var{untagged_base} is required to have a zero tag when this hook is called.\n\
6911 The default of this hook is to set the top byte of @var{untagged_base} to\n\
6912 @var{tag}.",
6913 rtx, (rtx untagged_base, rtx tag, rtx target), default_memtag_set_tag)
6914
6915 DEFHOOK
6916 (extract_tag,
6917 "Return an RTX representing the tag stored in @var{tagged_pointer}.\n\
6918 Store the result in @var{target} if it is convenient.\n\
6919 The default represents the top byte of the original pointer.",
6920 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_extract_tag)
6921
6922 DEFHOOK
6923 (untagged_pointer,
6924 "Return an RTX representing @var{tagged_pointer} with its tag set to zero.\n\
6925 Store the result in @var{target} if convenient.\n\
6926 The default clears the top byte of the original pointer.",
6927 rtx, (rtx tagged_pointer, rtx target), default_memtag_untagged_pointer)
6928
6929 HOOK_VECTOR_END (memtag)
6930 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6931 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6932
6933 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6934 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6935 #include "target-insns.def"
6936 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6937
6938 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6939 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6940 #include "target-insns.def"
6941 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6942
6943 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6944 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6945 #include "target-insns.def"
6946 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6947
6948 DEFHOOK
6949 (run_target_selftests,
6950 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6951 void, (void),
6952 NULL)
6953
6954 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6955 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6956